Professional Documents
Culture Documents
s175 6987035 SM 11-10
s175 6987035 SM 11-10
EQUIPPED WITH
BOBCAT INTERLOCK
CONTROL SYSTEM (BICS™)
6987035 (11-10) Printed in U.S.A. © Bobcat Company 2010
1 of 928
File has expired.
2 of 928
MAINTENANCE SAFETY
Instructions are necessary before operating or servicing machine. Read and
understand the Operation & Maintenance Manual, Operator’s Handbook and
WARNING signs (decals) on machine. Follow warnings and instructions in the manuals
when making repairs, adjustments or servicing. Check for correct function after
adjustments, repairs or service. Untrained operators and failure to follow
instructions can cause injury or death. W-2003-0807
Safety Alert Symbol: This symbol with a warning statement, means: “Warning, be alert! Your safety is
involved!” Carefully read the message that follows.
WRONG
File has expired.
Never service the Bobcat Skid-
Steer Loader without instructions.
Use the correct procedure to lift or
lower operator cab.
WRONG
Cleaning and maintenance are
required daily.
WRONG
parts. Publications.
Have good ventilation when
welding or grinding painted
3 of 928
File has expired.
4 of 928
ALPHABETICAL INDEX
Publications.
CONTROL HANDLE / LEVER ................................ 50-01
CONTROL HANDLE / LEVER (ACS) ..................... 50-01
CONTROL HANDLE / LEVER (SJC) ...................... 50-01
HYDRAULIC FLUID RESERVOIR ..........................20-01
HYDRAULIC / HYDROSTATIC FLUID
SPECIFICATIONS.......................................... SPEC-01
CONTROL PANEL .................................................. 50-01 HYDRAULIC / HYDROSTATIC FILTERS ................20-01
CONTROL PANEL (SJC)........................................ 50-01 HYDRAULIC / HYDROSTATIC SYSTEM ................10-01
CONTROL PEDALS AND LINKAGE ...................... 50-01 HYDRAULIC PUMP (STANDARD)..........................20-01
CONTROL PEDALS (ACS) .................................... 50-01 HYDRAULIC PUMP (STANDARD) (HIGH FLOW)..20-01
CONTROL SYSTEM (ACS) .................................... 60-01 HYDRAULIC PUMP (HIGH FLOW) (SJC)...............20-01
CONVERSIONS ............................................SPEC-01 HYDARULIC PUMP (SJC) ......................................20-01
CRANKSHAFT AND PISTONS .............................. 70-01 HYDRAULIC SYSTEM INFORMATION ..................20-01
CYLINDER (LIFT) ................................................... 20-01 HYDROSTATIC DRIVE MOTOR ......................... 30-01
CYLINDER (BOB-TACH) ........................................ 20-01 HYDROSTATIC DRIVE MOTOR (TWO SPEED) ....30-01
CYLINDER (TILT) ................................................ 20-01 HYDROSTATIC MOTOR CARRIER
CYLINDER HEAD ................................................... 70-01 (SINGLE ANDTWO-SPEED WITH MANUAL
CONTROLS) ........................................................30-01
DIAGNOSTICS SERVICE CODES ..................... 60-01 HYDROSTATIC MOTOR CARRIER
DRIVE BELT ........................................................... 30-01 (SINGLE ANDTWO-SPEED WITH SJC
DRIVE COMPONENTS .......................................... 40-01 CONTROLS) ........................................................30-01
HYDROSTATIC PUMP ........................................ 30-01
HYDROSTATIC PUMP (SJC) ............................. 30-01
HYDROSTATIC SYSTEM INFORMATION ..........30-01
Publications.
RECEIVER/DRIER ..................................................80-01
REGULAR MAINTENANCE ................................... 80-01
REMOTE START TOOL KIT-MEL1563 ...............10-01
REMOTE START TOOL (SERVICE TOOL)
KIT-6689779 .........................................................10-01
HEATER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80-01
SPECIFICATIONS
SPECIFICATIONS
FW SSL-1008 SM
18. Inspect the air cleaner for 24. Check for correct function of
damage or leaks. Check the the Bobcat Interlock Control
condition of the element. System (BICS™) before the
machine is returned to the
customer.
19. Check the electrical charging 25. Check for proper function of
system. front horn and back-up alarm
(if equipped).
Publications.
parts or connections. that all necessary corrections
be made before the machine
is returned to service.
CALIFORNIA
PROPOSITION 65 WARNING
Diesel engine exhaust and some of its
constituents are known to the state of California
to cause cancer, birth defects and other
reproductive harm.
FW SSL-1008 SM
FW SSL-1008 SM
service. Untrained operators and failure to follow • An Operator’s Handbook fastened to the operator
instructions can cause injury or death. cab. It’s brief instructions are convenient to the
W-2003-0903
Publications.
This notice identifies procedures which must be
followed to avoid damage to the machine.
• The AEM Safety Manual delivered with the machine
gives general safety information.
SI SSL-1008 SM
File
Call Before You Dig
has expired.
Dial 811 (USA Only)
SI SSL-1008 SM
SI SSL-1008 SM
Fire Extinguishers
File has expired.
SI SSL-1008 SM
Figure 1
P-76728
File has expired. The engine serial number is located on the side of the
engine (Item 1) [Figure 2] above the oil filter.
Publications.
The loader serial number plate [Figure 1] is located on
the outside of the loader frame.
Module 2. - Production
Sequence (Series)
Figure 3
B-16315
OPERATOR SEAT
with SEAT BELT
AND SEAT BAR
TILT
CYLINDERS
FRONT AUXILIARY
QUICK COUPLERS
Publications. LIFT
CYLINDER
(ROPS AND FOPS)
LIFT ARM
SUPPORT DEVICE
REAR
GRILLE
LIFT ARM
BACK-UP
ALARM
REAR
LIGHT
REAR
TAIL LIGHT *TIRES B-16606B
DOOR B-16607B
Publications.
FINAL DRIVE TRANSMISSION (CHAINCASE) . . . . . . . . . . . .10-130-1
Checking And Adding Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-130-1
ENGINE
SERVICE
Removing And Replacing Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-130-1
Publications.
SPECIFICATIONS SUBJECT TO CHANGE WITHOUT NOTICE AND
STANDARD ITEMS MAY VARY.
Procedure
Figure 10-10-1
N-18877
Put the floor jack under the front of the loader [Figure 10-
Lift the front of the loader and put jackstands under the
axle tubes [Figure 10-10-2].
WARNING
Figure 10-10-3
servicing machine. Read and understand the
Publications.
Operation & Maintenance Manual, Operator’s
Handbook and signs (decals) on machine. Follow
warnings and instructions in the manuals when
making repairs, adjustments or servicing. Check for
correct function after adjustments, repairs or
service. Untrained operators and failure to follow
instructions can cause injury or death.
W-2003-0807
WARNING P-31849
Installing 1
WARNING
Never work on a machine with the lift arms up unless
the lift arms are secured by an approved lift arm
support device. Failure to use an approved lift arm
support device can allow the lift arms or attachment
to fall and cause injury or death.
Start the engine, and raise the lift arms all the way up.
AVOID DEATH
• Disconnecting or loosening any hydraulic
tubeline, hose, fitting, component or a part failure
can cause lift arms to drop.
• Keep out of this area when lift arms are raised
unless supported by an approved lift arm
support. Replace if damaged.
D-1009-0409
P-31854A
Installing (Cont’d)
Figure 10-20-3
P-10136
Lower the lift arms slowly until the lift arm support device
is held between the lift arms and the lift cylinder [Figure
Start the engine, raise the lift arms all the way up.
Lower the lift arms all the way and stop the engine.
Description
construction sites.
Publications.
WARNING
P-31288 P-31289
Never modify operator cab by welding, grinding,
drilling holes or adding attachments unless
Remove the nuts and plates [Figure 10-30-2] (both
instructed to do so by Bobcat Company. Changes to
sides) at the front corners of the cab.
the cab can cause loss of operator protection from
rollover and falling objects, and result in injury or
death.
W-2069-0200
Raising
WARNING
UNEXPECTED LOADER, LIFT ARM OR ATTACHMENT
Always stop the engine before raising or lowering the
MOVEMENT CAUSED BY CAB CONTACT WITH
cab.
CONTROLS CAN CAUSE SERIOUS
INJURY OR DEATH
Stop the loader on a level surface. Lower the lift arms. If
the lift arms must be up while raising the operator cab, • STOP ENGINE before raising or lowering cab.
install the lift arm support device. (See LIFT ARM W-2758-0908
SUPPORT DEVICE on Page 10-20-1.)
NOTE: On some machines, the operator cab frame
could contact the steering levers while raising
or lowering the operator cab. The engine
MUST be stopped before raising or lowering
the operator cab.
Raising (Cont’d)
WARNING
Figure 10-30-3
UNEXPECTED LOADER, LIFT ARM OR ATTACHMENT
MOVEMENT CAUSED BY CAB CONTACT WITH
CONTROLS CAN CAUSE SERIOUS
INJURY OR DEATH
• STOP ENGINE before raising or lowering cab.
W-2758-0908
Figure 10-30-4
Publications.
NOTE: Always use the grab handles to lower the cab. PINCH POINT CAN CAUSE INJURY
Remove your hand from the latching mechanism
when the cab is past the latch stop.
W-2469-0803
Figure 10-30-5
N-20120 P-31859A
NOTE: The weight of the cab increases when Install the plates and nuts (both sides) [Figure 10-30-5].
equipped with options and accessories such
as cab door, heater, air conditioning, etc. In Tighten the nuts to 40 - 45 ft.-lb. (54 - 61 N•m) torque.
these cases, the cab may need to be raised
slightly from the latch to be able to release the
latch.
Figure 10-30-8
1
2
File has expired. P-68116
P-68115
Publications.
[Figure 10-30-6].
will be OFF when the door is closed, the key switch is Available for special applications to restrict material from
turned to RUN or the RUN / ENTER button is pressed, entering cab openings. Kit includes 1/2 inch thick
the seat bar is lowered and the PRESS TO OPERATE polycarbonate front door, top and rear windows [Figure
LOADER button is pressed. 10-30-8].
Figure 10-30-7 See your Bobcat dealer for availability.
WARNING
AVOID SERIOUS INJURY OR DEATH
Adequately designed ramps of sufficient strength are
needed to support the weight of the machine when
loading onto a transport vehicle. Wood ramps can
break and cause personal injury. N-19048A P-73276
W-2058-0807
Publications.
P-31828B
P-24480B
1
P-31913A
Use the following procedure to fasten the Bobcat loader
to the transport vehicle to prevent the loader from moving
A loader with an empty bucket or no attachment must be during sudden stops or when going up or down slopes
loaded backward onto the transport vehicle [Figure 10- [Figure 10-40-2].
40-1].
• Lower the bucket or attachment to the floor.
The rear of the trailer must be blocked or supported (Item
1) [Figure 10-40-1] when loading or unloading the loader • Stop the engine.
to prevent the front end of the trailer from raising up.
• Engage the parking brake.
Procedure
Publications.
The remote start tool (Item 1) [Figure 10-60-1] is
required when the service technician is checking the
hydraulic/hydrostatic system or adjusting the steering
linkage.
Figure 10-60-2
2
3
1
P16117
Figure 10-60-3
2
1 1
P16114
P16120
N-19561
The 10-pin rectangular connector (Item 1) [Figure 10-60-
3] is used to update software in the Deluxe
Instrumentation Panel (Item 1) [Figure 10-60-4]. Remove the plug (Item 1) [Figure 10-60-6] from the
loader harness connector.
NOTE: The Service PC must be connected to the
remote start tool to update the deluxe panel Connect the service tool harness control to the loader
software. harness connector.
Figure 10-60-7
Publications.
NOTE: To monitor, diagnose or load new software
the Service PC must be connected to the
Remote Start Tool Switch.
Figure 10-60-8
P16119
N-19150
P16115
WARNING
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH
1
With the 7-pin connector plugged into the loader and
Remote Start Key Switch in the OFF position, the
loader can still be started from the operator panel
inside the cab. Placing the key switch of the remote
start tool in the run position disconnects the
operator panel key switch from the start circuit. If the
service technician will be working the engine area it
N-19151 is important to remove the operator panel keys.
W-2357-0899
WARNING
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH
• Use traction lock override switch for service
work with seat bar raised.
File has expired. P16116
•
•
Traction lock is engaged when light is OFF.
Lift and block the loader. Check that wheels are
clear.
The remote start tool (Item 1) [Figure 10-60-13] has
• Traction lock is disengaged when light is ON.
three rocker switches.
• See Service Manual for more instruction.
P16118
Figure 10-60-15
Publications.
Push the couplers on the front auxiliary block toward the
block and hold for five seconds to release the front
auxiliary pressure [Figure 10-60-15].
Description
Kit Includes:
1
7003030 - Remote Start Tool (Service Tool)
6689747 - Loader Service Tool Harness
6689746 - Computer Service Tool Harness
P-76439
6689745 - BOSS® Service Tool Harness
Figure 10-61-1
The Remote Start Tool (Service Tool) (Item 1) [Figure 10-
Figure 10-61-3
P-76452
2
The loader service tool harness (Item 1) [Figure 10-61-3] When the remote start procedure is completed, replace
Publications.
1
P-76451
Figure 10-61-6
2 1
3 2
1 P-76450
Publications.
The second connector (Item 3) [Figure 10-61-
6] is used for attachment ACD upgrades or
attachment operational diagnostics only. This
connector has a cap attached to it to prevent
damage or corrosion when not in use.
WARNING
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH
• Lift and block the machine.
• Check that wheels or tracks are clear.
• Cab ignition must be in the “STOP” position to
start the engine with the Service Tool (if
applicable).
• See machine Service Manual for more
instructions.
W-2792-0409
1
WARNING
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH
With the 7-pin connector plugged into the loader and
Remote Start Tool RUN button is not illuminated, the
loader can still be started from the operator panel
inside the cab.
P-76452
Figure 10-61-11
5 3
2
6 4
1
P-76439
3
1 The Remote Start Tool (Service Tool) (Item 1) [Figure 10-
Publications.
The second connector (Item 3) [Figure 10-61-
11] is used for attachment ACD upgrades or
attachment operational diagnostics only. This
The START button (Item 4) [Figure 10-61-12] is used to
start the loader engine.
connector has a cap attached to it to prevent
damage or corrosion when not in use. The traction lock button (Item 5) [Figure 10-61-12] is
used to turn traction lock ON or OFF. Push the button and
Connect the Remote Start Tool (Service Tool) connector the button will illuminate indicating the traction lock is
(Item 1) to the loader harness connector (Item 2) and the disabled in which the wheels or tracks are able to turn.
other Remote Start Tool (Service Tool) connector to the
ACD harness connector (Item 3) [Figure 10-61-11]. The auxiliary button (Item 6) [Figure 10-61-12] is used to
activate the auxiliary hydraulics. The button will illuminate
NOTE: The right instrument panel (Deluxe to indicate the auxiliary hydraulics are active. Pressing
Instrumentation Panel or Standard Key Panel) the button a second time will turn the flow OFF. The
must be in the off position or the Remote Start button is used when checking pressures and flow rate.
Tool (Service Tool) will not operate.
WARNING
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH
• Lift and block the machine.
• Check that wheels or tracks are clear.
• Cab ignition must be in the “STOP” position to
start the engine with the Service Tool (if
applicable).
• See machine Service Manual for more
instructions.
W-2792-0409
Figure 10-61-13
1 2
P-34661
The gear icon with the left facing arrows (Item 1) [Figure
10-61-13] will illuminate and blink when the RUN key is
Publications.
[Figure 10-61-13] will illuminate and blink when the
Remote Start Tool (Service Tool) is transmitting data to
and from the computer.
Check for damaged tires and correct air pressure. Inflate to MAXIMUM
pressure shown on the sidewall of the tire.
Seat Bar, Control Interlocks, Seat Check the condition of seat belt. Clean or replace seat belt retractors as
Belt, Seat Belt Retractors needed. Check the seat bar and control interlocks for correct operation. Clean
dirt and debris from moving parts.
Operator Cab
safety treads that are damaged or worn.
Check the fastening bolts, washers and nuts. Check the condition of the cab.
(If Equipped)
Publications.
Indicators and Lights
Heater and A/C Filters
Check fluid level and add as needed. Check for damage and leaks. Repair or
Tubelines replace as needed.
Final Drive Trans. (Chaincase), Check fluid level and add as needed.
Parking Brake, Foot Pedals, Check for correct operation. Repair or adjust as needed.
Hand Controls and Steering
Levers or Joysticks
Wheel Nuts Check for loose wheel nuts and tighten to correct torque. (See TIRE ❏
MAINTENANCE in this manual.)
Spark Arrestor Muffler Clean the spark chamber.
Battery Check cables, connections and electrolyte level. Add distilled water as needed.
Steering Lever Pivots Grease fittings.
Fuel Filter Replace filter element.
Engine / Hydro. Drive Belt Check for wear or damage. Check idler arm stop. ▲
Drive Belts (Alternator, air Check condition and tension. Adjust or replace as needed.
conditioning, water pump)
Bobcat Interlock Control System Check the function of the lift arm bypass control.
(BICS)
Engine Oil and Filter Replace oil and filter. ▲ ✶
Hydraulic / Hydrostatic Filter, Replace the hydraulic / hydrostatic filter, charge filter, and the reservoir ●
Charge Filter, Reservoir Breather breather.
Final Drive Trans. (Chaincase) Replace the fluid.
Hydraulic Reservoir Replace the fluid.
Case Drain Filters Replace the filters. ▲
Engine Valves Adjust the engine valves. ❍
Coolant Replace the coolant Every 2 years
■ Or every 12 months.
▲ Perform at first 50 hours, then as scheduled.
❏ Check every 8 - 10 hours for the first 24 hours, then at 50 hour intervals.
● Replace the hydraulic / hydrostatic filter element after the first 50 hours, then when service code [M0217] is displayed
or as scheduled.
✶ Change oil and filter every 100 hours when operating under severe conditions.
❍ Perform at first 500 hours, then as scheduled.
Figure 10-80-1
1
1
P-76460G
P-76732
Figure 10-80-2
File has expired. Remove the wing nut and remove the dust cover (Item 1)
[Figure 10-80-3].
Figure 10-80-4
Publications.
B-15553M
Install the dust cover and the wing nut [Figure 10-80-3].
Inner Filter
Figure 10-80-5
Install the dust cover and the wing nut (Item 1) [Figure
Remove the wing nut and remove the inner filter element
(Item 1) [Figure 10-80-5].
WARNING
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH
Wear safety glasses to prevent eye injury when any
of the following conditions exist:
• When fluids are under pressure.
• Flying debris or loose material is present. 1
• Engine is running.
P-76190
• Tools are being used.
W-2019-0907
NOTE: Be careful when raising and lowering the oil
Cleaning
File has expired.
Open the rear door and remove the rear grille. (See
cooler so that the oil cooler does not fall on
the radiator and damage the fins.
REAR GRILLE on Page 50-60-1.) Raise the oil cooler (Item 1) and use low air pressure or
water pressure to clean the top of the radiator (Item 2)
P-45101
Checking Level Open the rear door and remove the rear grille.
Open the rear door and raise the rear grille. Figure 10-90-4
1
3
IMPORTANT
2
AVOID ENGINE DAMAGE
Publications.
Always add a premixed solution. Adding full strength
concentrated coolant can cause serious premature
engine damage.
Mix new coolant in a separate container. (See Capacities
on Page SPEC-10-4.)
I-2124-0497
NOTE: The loader is factory filled with propylene
glycol coolant (purple color). DO NOT mix
Figure 10-90-3
propylene glycol with ethylene glycol.
Fuel Specifications Biodiesel blend fuel has unique qualities that should be
considered before using in this machine:
Use only clean, high quality diesel fuel, Grade No. 2 or
Grade No. 1. • Cold weather conditions can lead to plugged fuel
system components and hard starting.
The following is one suggested blending guideline which
should prevent fuel gelling during cold temperatures: • Biodiesel blend fuel is an excellent medium for
microbial growth and contamination which can cause
TEMPERATURE F° (C°) NO. 2 NO. 1 corrosion and plugging of fuel system components.
Publications.
EN590 (EU Standard) specifications.
•
to prevent moisture from collecting in the fuel tank.
WARNING
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH
Stop and cool the engine before adding fuel. NO
SMOKING! Failure to obey warnings can cause an
explosion or fire.
W-2063-0807
1
File has expired. correct specifications. Add fuel only in an area that has
free movement of air and no open flames or sparks. NO
SMOKING! [Figure 10-100-2].
Install and tighten the fuel fill cap (Item 1) [Figure 10-
Fuel Filter
Removing Water
Figure 10-100-3
3
2
P-76735
Publications.
Replacing Element
Remove the air from the fuel system. (See Removing Air
WARNING
From The Fuel System below.)
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH
Removing Air From The Fuel System Always clean up spilled fuel or oil. Keep heat, flames,
sparks or lighted tobacco away from fuel and oil.
After replacing the filter element or when the fuel tank Failure to use care around combustibles can cause
has run out of fuel, the air must be removed from the fuel explosion or fire.
system before starting the engine. W-2103-0508
Check the engine oil level every day before starting the ENGINE OIL
engine for the work shift. RECOMMENDED SAE VISCOSITY NUMBER
(LUBRICATION OILS FOR DIESEL ENGINE
Figure 10-110-1 CRANKCASE)
2
3
P-24679
Publications.
Remove the oil drain cap (Item 2) [Figure 10-110-3] and
drain the oil into a container. Recycle or dispose of used
oil in an environmentally safe manner.
Put clean oil on the new oil filter gasket, install new filter
and hand tighten.
Start the engine and let it run for several minutes. Stop
the engine and check for leaks at the oil filter.
Check the hydraulic / hydrostatic fluid level everyday HYDRAULIC / HYDROSTATIC FLUID
before starting the work shift. RECOMMENDED ISO VISCOSITY GRADE (VG)
AND VISCOSITY INDEX (VI)
Park the loader on a level surface, lower the lift arms and
tilt the Bob-Tach fully back.
Figure 10-120-1
10-120-1]. Publications.
Check the fluid level in the sight gauge (Item 1) [Figure
Use only recommended fluid in the hydraulic system
[Figure 10-120-2]. (See Hydraulic System on Page
SPEC-10-3.
Open the rear door and raise the rear grille. Remove the
fill cap (Item 2) [Figure 10-120-1].
Replace the fluid if it becomes contaminated or after For the correct service interval (See SERVICE
major repair. SCHEDULE on Page 10-70-1.)
Always replace the hydraulic / hydrostatic filter, the case Open the rear door.
drain filters and the hydraulic charge filter whenever the
hydraulic fluid is replaced. (See Removing And Figure 10-120-4
Replacing Hydraulic / Hydrostatic Filter on Page 10-120-
2.)
Open the rear door and remove the rear grille. Remove
the fill cap.
Figure 10-120-3
File has expired. 1
Publications. Clean the surface of the filter housing where the seal
contacts the housing.
Put clean oil on the seal of the new filter element. Install
P-24751 and hand tighten the filter element.
Install the plug in the top of the reservoir. Lower the Stop the engine and check for leaks at the filter.
operator cab. (See Lowering on Page 10-30-2.) Check the fluid level in the reservoir and add as needed.
(See Checking And Adding Fluid on Page 10-120-1.)
Add the correct fluid to the reservoir until the fluid level is
at the center of the sight gauge. (See Checking And
Adding Fluid on Page 10-120-1.)
File has expired. Check the fluid level in the reservoir and add as needed.
(See Checking And Adding Fluid on Page 10-120-1.)
P-45492
Figure 10-120-6
Publications.
1
P-45499 P-45493
Raise the lift arms and install the lift arm support device.
(See LIFT ARM SUPPORT DEVICE on Page 10-20-1.) 1
DANGER
P-76168
Install the fittings from the old filter assembly onto the
AVOID DEATH new filter assembly.
• Disconnecting or loosening any hydraulic
tubeline, hose, fitting, component or a part failure
Publications. D-1009-0409
Figure 10-120-9
Figure 10-120-7
1
2 2
1
1
P-76174
P-76171
Figure 10-120-10
WARNING
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH
1 Diesel fuel or hydraulic fluid under pressure can
penetrate skin or eyes, causing serious injury or
death. Fluid leaks under pressure may not be visible.
Use a piece of cardboard or wood to find leaks. Do
not use your bare hand. Wear safety goggles. If fluid
enters skin or eyes, get immediate medical attention
from a physician familiar with this injury.
W-2072-0807
Publications.
WARNING
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH
Always clean up spilled fuel or oil. Keep heat, flames,
sparks or lighted tobacco away from fuel and oil.
Failure to use care around combustibles can cause
explosion or fire.
W-2103-0508
Remove the lift arm support device and lower the lift
arms. (See LIFT ARM SUPPORT DEVICE on Page 10-
20-1.)
Clean the surface of the filter housing and the filter base
where they contact the filter element seal.
Put clean oil on the seal of the new filter element. Install
1 File has expired. the element on the filter base. Install and hand tighten the
filter housing to 35 - 40 ft.-lb. (47 - 54 N•m) torque.
All Models
Publications.
Clean the surface of the filter housing where the filter
seal contacts the housing.
Always clean up spilled fuel or oil. Keep heat, flames,
sparks or lighted tobacco away from fuel and oil.
Failure to use care around combustibles can cause
explosion or fire.
Put clean oil on the seal of the new filter. Install and hand W-2103-0508
tighten the new filter.
For Machines With (SN A3L530001 and Above) Lower the cab. (See Lowering on Page 10-30-2.)
Figure 10-120-12 Start the engine and operate the loader hydraulic
controls.
WARNING
1
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH
Diesel fuel or hydraulic fluid under pressure can
penetrate skin or eyes, causing serious injury or
death. Fluid leaks under pressure may not be visible.
Use a piece of cardboard or wood to find leaks. Do
not use your bare hand. Wear safety goggles. If fluid
enters skin or eyes, get immediate medical attention
from a physician familiar with this injury.
P-76676 W-2072-0807
Place a suitable container below the filter housing and Stop the engine and check for leaks at the filter.
remove the filter housing (Item 1) [Figure 10-120-12].
Check the fluid level in the reservoir and add as needed.
Recycle or dispose of used fluid in an environmentally
(See Checking And Adding Fluid on Page 10-120-1.)
safe manner.
Breather Cap
Figure 10-120-14
Publications.
Install new breather cap.
Figure 10-130-1
1
P-76684
File has expired. Remove the check plug (Item 1) [Figure 10-130-2] from
the front of the chaincase housing.
Figure 10-130-3
Publications.
Remove the check plug (Item 1) [Figure 10-130-1] from
the front of the chaincase housing.
If oil can be reached with the tip of your finger through the
hole, the oil level is correct.
If the level is low, add oil through the check plug hole until
oil flows from the hole.
Add oil through the check plug hole until the oil flows from
the hole.
WARNING
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH
Always clean up spilled fuel or oil. Keep heat, flames,
sparks or lighted tobacco away from fuel and oil.
Failure to use care around combustibles can cause
explosion or fire.
W-2103-0508
Figure 10-140-3
Figure 10-140-2
B-17460
2
Inspect the mounting frame on the attachment and the
Bob-Tach, linkages and wedges for excessive wear or
damage [Figure 10-140-3]. Replace any parts that are
Wedge must contact damaged, bent, or missing. Keep all fasteners tight.
lower edge of hole in the
attachment. Look for cracked welds. Contact your Bobcat dealer for
repair or replacement parts.
P-31233 B-15177
Lubricate the wedges. (See SERVICE SCHEDULE on
Page 10-70-1.) (See Lubrication Locations on Page 10-
150-1.)
Inspection And Maintenance If the wedges do not contact the lower edge of the holes
[Figure 10-141-2], the attachment will be loose and can
Figure 10-141-1 come off the Bob-Tach.
Figure 10-141-3
1
.B-15993Q
Figure 10-141-2
B-17460
2
Inspect the mounting frame on the attachment and the
Bob-Tach, linkages and wedges for excessive wear or
damage [Figure 10-141-3]. Replace any parts including
Wedge must contact decals and lever that are damaged, bent, or missing.
lower edge of hole in the Keep all fasteners tight.
attachment.
Look for cracked welds. Contact your Bobcat dealer for
B-15177
repair or replacement parts.
P-31233
Figure 10-150-1
6
1. Stabilizer Rod - Front (Both Sides) [Figure 10-150-1] 7
Figure 10-150-2
N-18509
3
2 6. Tilt Cylinder Rod End (Both Sides). [Figure 10-150-
4 4].
P-31852A
Figure 10-150-5
8 11
N-18511
P-31839
11. Lift Arm Link Pivot Pin (Both Sides) [Figure 10-150-
9 7].
Publications.
10
12
P-24703
N-18508
Mounting
Publications.
When checking wheel nut torque, set the torque wrench
to 140 ft.-lb. (190 N•m) to prevent over-tightening.
Rotating WARNING
Check the tires regularly for wear, damage and pressure.
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH
Do not inflate tires above specified pressure. Failure
Figure 10-160-2
to use correct tire mounting procedure can cause an
explosion which can result in injury or death.
W-2078-1007
IMPORTANT
Inflate tires to the MAXIMUM pressure shown on the
sidewall of the tire. DO NOT mix brands of tires used
on the same machine.
I-2057-1010
B-9976
Rear tires usually wear faster than front tires. To keep tire
wear even, move the front tires to the rear and rear tires
to the front [Figure 10-160-2].
Cleaning Procedure
See the SERVICE SCHEDULE for service interval for
WARNING
cleaning the spark arrestor muffler. (See SERVICE
SCHEDULE on Page 10-70-1.) When the engine is running during service, the
driving and steering controls must be in neutral and
Do not operate the loader with a defective exhaust
the parking brake engaged. Failure to do so can
system.
cause injury or death.
W-2006-1209
IMPORTANT Start the engine and run for about 10 seconds while a
second person, wearing safety glasses, holds a piece of
wood over the outlet of the muffler.
This machine is factory equipped with a U.S.D.A.
Forestry Service approved spark arrestor exhaust This will force contaminants out through the cleanout
system. hole.
Figure 10-170-1
WARNING
Stop engine and allow the muffler to cool before
cleaning the spark chamber. Wear safety goggles.
Failure to obey can cause serious injury.
W-2011-1285
1
WARNING
Never use machine in atmosphere with explosive
P-76801
dust or gases or where exhaust can contact
flammable material. Failure to obey warnings can
cause injury or death.
Remove the plug (Item 1) [Figure 10-170-1] from the W-2068-1285
bottom of the muffler.
Figure 10-180-1
All lift arm and cylinder pivots have a large pin held in
position with a retainer bolt and lock nut (Item 1) [Figure
Publications.
• Park the loader in a dry protected shelter. • Be sure all shields and guards are in place.
• Lower the lift arms all the way and put the bucket flat • Lubricate the loader.
on the ground.
Publications.
If biodiesel blend fuel has been used, perform the
following: • Stop the engine and check for leaks. Repair as
needed.
Drain the fuel tank, refill with 100% petroleum diesel
fuel, add fuel stabilizer and run the engine for at least
30 minutes.
Figure 10-200-1
Publications.
Engage the parking brake.
Figure 10-200-2
WARNING
2 AVOID INJURY OR DEATH
1
Before you leave the operator’s seat:
• Lower the lift arms and put the attachment flat on
the ground.
• Stop the engine.
2 • Engage the parking brake.
• Raise the seat bar.
P-76603 P-90809A B-15553L
• Move all controls to the NEUTRAL / LOCKED
position to make sure the lift, tilt and traction
Turn the key switch to the STOP position (Item 1) or drive functions are deactivated.
press the STOP button (Item 2) [Figure 10-200-2].
The seat bar system must deactivate these functions
NOTE: If the loader lights are ON, they will remain ON when the seat bar is up. Service the system if
for approximately 90 seconds after turning controls do not deactivate.
the loader OFF. W-2463-0610
Raise the seat bar and make sure the lift and tilt functions
are deactivated.
Figure 10-210-1
P-64994 Pull the plastic loop at the top of the window in the front
door to remove the rubber cord [Figure 10-210-3].
Push the rear window out of the rear of the operator cab.
Publications.
Figure 10-210-2
X X
X X
S0363
Push the window out with your foot at any corner of the
window [Figure 10-210-4].
P-43752
Exit through the front door.
Front Door
WARNING 3
2 4
Check the seat belt daily for correct function.
Publications.
1. Check the webbing. If the system is equipped with a
retractor, pull the webbing completely out and inspect
the full length of the webbing. Look for cuts, wear,
fraying, dirt and stiffness.
Publications.
STANDARD TORQUE SPECIFICATIONS FOR BOLTS, SPEC SECTION)
UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED.
46
RESTRICTION - 0.089 inch (2,26 mm)
HYDRAULIC/HYDROSTATIC SCHEMATIC
S175 (S/N A3L520001 AND ABOVE) BASE ROD REAR AUX VALVE (OPTIONAL)
25 MALE
26
28 7 (FRONT AUXILIARY
MALE
7 LEFT SIDE LIFT ARM)
DRIVE MOTOR
29
1 30
FEMALE
27
4 37
P-OUT P-IN T
38
D
HYDRAULIC FILTER 34
31
56 OIL
2 22
5 36
5
A
HYDRAULIC CONTROL VAVLE
Publications.
6 3 40 C
21
55
3 14
31 36
10 TILT CYLINDERS
BICS CONTROL VALVE
5 5
D C
2
8
50 INLET OUTLET
B A 17
TILT
42 13 10 CYLINDER
BOB-TACH SPOOL
CYLINDER
(OPTIONAL) 11
HYDRAULIC
52 51 POWERED 14
BOB-TACH LIFT CYLINDERS
(OPTIONAL) 10
18
39
DRIVE MOTOR DR B A
13 LIFT
CYLINDER
38 43 SPOOL
48 46 15 33 33
47 41 35
49 45
PP
14
9 16 WORKING CIRCUITS
53
PILOT CIRCUITS
DRAIN CIRCUITS
P1 P2
COMPONENTS
4 37
44
LIFT ARM BY PASS VALVE
32
19
98 of 928
Printed in U.S.A. V-1122 (2-27-08)
HYDRAULIC/HYDROSTATIC SCHEMATIC
WITH 2 SPEED OPTION
S175 (S/N A3L520001 AND ABOVE)
Printable Version Click Here
54
FILTER - BOB-TACH VALVE
HYDRAULIC/HYDROSTATIC SCHEMATIC
WITH 2 SPEED OPTION
S175 (S/N A3L520001 AND ABOVE) BASE ROD REAR AUX VALVE (OPTIONAL)
57
P-OUT P-IN T
D
HYDRAULIC FILTER 34
31
56 OIL
2 22
5 36
5
A
HYDRAULIC CONTROL VAVLE
Publications.
6 3 40 C
21
54
3
31 14
36
10 TILT CYLINDERS
BICS CONTROL VALVE
5 5
D C
55
2
8
50 INLET OUTLET
B A 17
TILT
42 13 10 CYLINDER
BOB-TACH SPOOL
CYLINDER
52 (OPTIONAL) 11
HYDRAULIC
51 POWERED 14
DRIVE MOTOR BOB-TACH LIFT CYLINDERS
(OPTIONAL) 10
(2 SPEED)
38 18
39
60 DR B A
37 13 LIFT
58
CYLINDER
43 SPOOL
48 46 15 33 33
47 41 35
49 45
PP
14
9 16 WORKING CIRCUITS
53
57 PILOT CIRCUITS
DRAIN CIRCUITS
P1 P2
COMPONENTS
44
59
LIFT ARM BY PASS VALVE
4 32
19
61
100 of 928
Printed in U.S.A. V-1123 (2-27-08)
HYDRAULIC/HYDROSTATIC SCHEMATIC
WITH HIGH FLOW OPTION
S175 (S/N A3L520001 AND ABOVE)
Printable Version Click Here
46
RESTRICTION - 0.089 inch (2,26 mm)
51
RELIEF VALVE - 3300 PSI (228 Bar)
HYDRAULIC/HYDROSTATIC SCHEMATIC
WITH HIGH FLOW OPTION
S175 (S/N A3L520001 AND ABOVE) BASE ROD REAR AUX VALVE (OPTIONAL)
25 MALE
26
28 7 (FRONT AUXILIARY
MALE
7 LEFT SIDE LIFT ARM)
DRIVE MOTOR
29
1 30
FEMALE
27
4 37
P-OUT P-IN T
38
D
HYDRAULIC FILTER 34
31
OIL
60 2 22
5 36
5
A
HYDRAULIC CONTROL VAVLE
Publications.
6 3 40 C
21
3
14
31 36
10 TILT CYLINDERS
BICS CONTROL VALVE
5 5 HIGH FLOW VALVE
D C
59 2
51
8
50
52
55 INLET OUTLET
B A 17
TILT
42 13 10 CYLINDER
BOB-TACH SPOOL
CYLINDER
54 (OPTIONAL) 11
HYDRAULIC
57 56 POWERED 14
BOB-TACH LIFT CYLINDERS
(OPTIONAL) 10
18
39
DRIVE MOTOR DR B A
13 LIFT
CYLINDER
38 43 SPOOL
48 46 15 33 33
47 41 35
49 45
PP
14
9 16 WORKING CIRCUITS
53
PILOT CIRCUITS
DRAIN CIRCUITS
P1 P2
COMPONENTS
4 37
44
LIFT ARM BY PASS VALVE
32
19
102 of 928
Printed in U.S.A. V-1124 (2-27-08)
HYDRAULIC/HYDROSTATIC SCHEMATIC
WITH HIGH FLOW & 2 SPEED OPTION
S175 (S/N A3L520001 AND ABOVE)
Printable Version Click Here
53
CHECK VALVE
56
HYDRAULIC MOTOR
ANTICAVITATION VALVE
6 RELIEF VALVE - CHARGE INLET: SPOOL
Publications. 360 PSI (24,8 Bar)
at High Engine Idle
With 140 degrees F. (60 degrees C.) Fluid
CONTROL VALVE - FLOW CONTROL
38 BIDIRECTIONAL HYDROSTATIC
21 PILOTED ACTIVATED DIRECTIONAL Dealer Copy -- Not MOTOR – 2 SPEED
for Resale
39 CHECK VALVE - With 80 PSI (5,5 Bar) Spring
57 PROPORTIONAL RELIEF VALVE –
(Fan Speed Regulator):
SPOOL 1566 - 1784 PSI (108 - 123 bar)
7 FRONT AUXILIARY MANUAL PRESSURE 22 FLOW DIVIDER ADJUSTMENT VALVE 40 SOLENOID ACTIVATED DIRECTIONAL 58 RESTRICTION - 0.343 inch (8,73 mm)
BLEED-OFF VALVE CONTROL VALVE - BUCKET POSITION
VALVE (ON/OFF) 59 SENSOR – CHARGE PRESSURE – Fan
8 HYDRAULIC PUMP . . . . . . . Gear Type 23 SOLENOID ACTIVATED DIRECTIONAL
Filter
16.9 GPM (64 L/min.) at High Engine Idle CONTROL VALVE - BASE 41 CHECK VALVE - BICS CONTROL VALVE
60 SENSOR – HYD. TEMP. – Hyd. Filter
24 SOLENOID ACTIVATED DIRECTIONAL
9 RELIEF VALVE - MAIN: 42 CHARGE PUMP -
CONTROL VALVE - ROD
3250-3350 PSI (224-231 Bar) 12.8 GPM (48,5 L/min) at High Engine Idle 61 HIGH PRESSURE SHUTTLE
at Front Quick Couplers
25 LOAD SHUTTLE VALVE - BLEED OFF 43 CHECK VALVE - With 300 PSI (20,7 Bar) 62 SOLENOID ACTIVATED DIRECTIONAL
10 RELIEF/ANTICAVITATION VALVE - Spring And With 0.016 inch (0,40 mm) Orifice CONTROL VALVE – WARM UP
PORT 3500 PSI (241,3 Bar) 26 SOLENOID ACTIVATED DIRECTIONAL
44 PILOT ACTIVATED DIRECTIONAL 63 SOLENOID ACTIVATED DIRECTIONAL
11 ANTICAVITATION VALVE CONTROL VALVE - TWO COIL
CONTROL VALVE - HYDRAULIC CONTROL VALVE – 2 SPEED
27 PILOT ACTIVATED DIRECTIONAL POWERED BOB-TACH
12 SOLENOID ACTIVATED DIRECTIONAL CONTROL VALVE - REAR AUXILIARY 64 PILOT ACTIVATED DIRECTIONAL
CONTROL VALVE - AUXILIARY 45 RESTRICTION - 0.089 inch (2,26 mm) CONTROL VALVE – HIGH / LO SPEED
28 RESTRICTOR - 0.140 inch (3,6 mm)
13 RELIEF/ANTICAVITATION VALVE - 65 RELIEF VALVE – With 125 PSI (8,6 bar) Spring
46 RESTRICTION - 0.025 inch (0,6 mm)
PORT (OPTIONAL) 3500 PSI (241,3 Bar) 29 RESTRICTOR - 0.031 inch (0,8 mm)
14 LOAD CHECK VALVE 47 RELIEF VALVE - 2000 PSI (137 Bar)
30 RELIEF VALVE: 3300 PSI (228 Bar)
15 LIFT CYLINDER SPOOL - MADE TO 48 RELIEF VALVE - 1200 PSI (83 Bar) NOTE: Unless otherwise specified
RESTRICT FLOW DURING BOOM 31 FILTER - HYDRAULIC (CANISTER) springs have NO significant
49 SOLENOID ACTIVATED DIRECTIONAL
DOWN BUT NOT DURING BOOM UP CONTROL VALVE (TWO COIL) pressure value.
HYDRAULIC/HYDROSTATIC SCHEMATIC
WITH HIGH FLOW & 2 SPEED OPTION
S175 (S/N A3L520001 AND ABOVE) BASE ROD REAR AUX VALVE (OPTIONAL)
Printable Version Click Here
(PRINTED MARCH 2008)
V-1125 INTEGRATED QUICK
23 24 COUPLER BLOCK
25 MALE
26
28 7 (FRONT AUXILIARY
DRIVE MOTOR (2 SPEED) MALE
38 7 LEFT SIDE LIFT ARM)
29
65 4 1 30
FEMALE
27
61
P-OUT P-IN T
D
HYDRAULIC FILTER 34
31
OIL
60 2 22
5 36
5
A
HYDRAULIC CONTROL VAVLE
Publications.
6 3 40 C
21
58
3
14
31 36
10 TILT CYLINDERS
BICS CONTROL VALVE
5 5 HIGH FLOW VALVE
D C
59 2
51
8
50
52
55 INLET OUTLET
B A 17
TILT
42 13 10 CYLINDER
BOB-TACH SPOOL
CYLINDER
54 (OPTIONAL) 11
57
HYDRAULIC
56 POWERED 14
BOB-TACH LIFT CYLINDERS
DRIVE MOTOR (2 SPEED) (OPTIONAL) 10
38 18
39
64 DR B A
13 LIFT
62 37
CYLINDER
43 SPOOL
48 46 15 33 33
47 41 35
49 45
PP
14
9 16 WORKING CIRCUITS
53
PILOT CIRCUITS
61
DRAIN CIRCUITS
P1 P2
COMPONENTS
44
63 LIFT ARM BY PASS VALVE
32
4 19
65
104 of 928
Printed in U.S.A. V-1125 (2-27-08)
HYDRAULIC/HYDROSTATIC SCHEMATIC
WITH SJC OPTION
S175 (S/N A3L520001 AND ABOVE)
Printable Version Click Here
54
CHARGE PUMP -
12.8 GPM (48,5 L/min) at High Engine Idle
CHECK VALVE - With 300 PSI (20,7 bar) Spring
SPOOL 38 FIXED CAPACITY DISPLACEMENT
7 FRONT AUXILIARY MANUAL with 0.016 inch (0,40 mm) orifice
22 FLOW DIVIDER ADJUSTMENT VALVE BI-DIRECTIONAL HYDROSTATIC
PRESSURE BLEED-OFF VALVE MOTOR 55 SOLENOID ACTIVATED CONTROL
8 VALVE - FORWARD/REVERSE
HYDRAULIC PUMP . . . . . . . Gear Type 23 SOLENOID ACTIVATED DIRECTIONAL 39 CHECK VALVE - With 80 PSI (5,5 bar) Spring 56 SERVO PISTON -Swash Plate
16.9 GPM (64 L/min.) at High Engine Idle
CONTROL VALVE - BASE
40 SOLENOID ACTIVATED DIRECTIONAL 57 POSITION SENSOR -Swash Plate
9 RELIEF VALVE - MAIN: 24 SOLENOID ACTIVATED DIRECTIONAL
CONTROL VALVE - ROD CONTROL VALVE - BUCKET POSITION
3250-3350 PSI (224-231 bar) 58 CHARGE PRESSURE SENSOR
VALVE (ON/OFF)
at Front Quick Couplers
25 LOAD SHUTTLE VALVE - BLEED OFF 41 CHECK VALVE - BICS CONTROL VALVE
10 PORT RELIEF/ANTICAVITATION VALVE 59 SENSOR – CHARGE PRESSURE – Fan
3500 PSI (241,3 bar) 26 Filter
SOLENOID ACTIVATED DIRECTIONAL
42 RESTRICTION - 0.343 inch (8,7 mm) 60 SENSOR – HYD. TEMP. – Hyd. Filter
11 ANTICAVITATION VALVE CONTROL VALVE - TWO COIL
27 PILOT ACTIVATED DIRECTIONAL
12 SOLENOID ACTIVATED DIRECTIONAL CONTROL VALVE - REAR AUXILIARY 43 FILTER - Bob-Tach Valve
CONTROL VALVE - AUXILIARY
28 RESTRICTOR - 0.140 inch (3,6 mm)
13 PORT RELIEF/ANTICAVITATION VALVE: 44 PILOT ACTIVATED DIRECTIONAL
. . . . . (Optional) 29 RESTRICTOR - 0.031 inch (0,8 mm) CONTROL VALVE - HYDRAULIC
3500 PSI (241,3 bar) POWERED BOB-TACH
14 LOAD CHECK VALVE 30 RELIEF VALVE: 3300 PSI (228 bar) 45 RESTRICTION - 0.089 inch (2,26 mm)
15 LIFT CYLINDER SPOOL - MADE TO NOTE: Unless otherwise specified, springs have
31 FILTER - HYDRAULIC (CANISTER) 46 RESTRICTION - 0.025 inch (0,6 mm)
RESTRICT FLOW DURING BOOM NO significant pressure value.
DOWN BUT NOT DURING BOOM UP
V-1126legend (2-27-08)
Printed in U.S.A.
105 of 928
(REAR QUICK
FEMALE COUPLERS) MALE
HYDRAULIC/HYDROSTATIC SCHEMATIC
WITH SJC OPTION BASE ROD REAR AUX VALVE (OPTIONAL)
S175 (S/N A3L520001 AND ABOVE)
(PRINTED MARCH 2008) INTEGRATED QUICK
(V-1126) 23 24 COUPLER BLOCK
Printable Version Click Here 25 MALE
26
28 7 (FRONT AUXILIARY
MALE
7 LEFT SIDE LIFT ARM)
DRIVE MOTOR 29
1 30
FEMALE
27
4 37
P-OUT P-IN T
D
38 HYDRAULIC FILTER 34
31
56 A
HYDRAULIC CONTROL VALVE
Publications.
5 5 3 40 C
57
21
58
59 57 14
36
10 TILT CYLINDERS
31 BICS CONTROL VALVE
5 56 5
55
3 2
TILT
B A 17
SPOOL
D C
8
10 11
INLET 14
50 LIFT CYLINDERS
52 51 53 10
FAN MOTOR OUTLET 18
HYDRAULIC
POWERED B A LIFT
BOB-TACH
(OPTIONAL) SPOOL
38
35
39 47
15
DR
14
54
48 33 41
46 33 16
9
49 45
37 PP
4 43
P2 LIFT ARM BY PASS VALVE
P1
32 44 19
Printed in U.S.A.
106 of 928
DRIVE MOTOR
V-1126 (2-27-08)
HYDRAULIC/HYDROSTATIC SCHEMATIC
WITH SJC & 2 SPEED OPTION
S175 (S/N A3L520001 AND ABOVE)
Printable Version Click Here
(PRINTED MARCH 2008)
V-1127legend
LEGEND
1 RESERVOIR: 16 SOLENOID ACTIVATED DIRECTIONAL 32 FILTER - CASE DRAIN (SINTERED 51 ANTICAVITATION VALVE
Capacity . . . . . . . 19.2 qt. (18,2 L) CONTROL VALVE - BICS CONTROL BRONZE)
52 PROPORTIONAL RELIEF VALVE –
2 SPRING LOADED FILTER BY-PASS 33 FILTER - BICS CONTROL VALVE (Fan Speed Regulator):
VALVE: 45-55 PSI (3,1-3,8 bar) 17 PILOTED ACTIVATED DIRECTIONAL (SCREEN)
CONTROL VALVE - TILT CONTROL 1566 - 1784 PSI (108 - 123 bar)
3
File has expired.
DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE SWITCH:
36-44 PSI (2,5-3,0 bar)
Normally Closed
18 PILOTED ACTIVATED DIRECTIONAL
CONTROL VALVE - LIFT CONTROL
34 CHECK VALVE - BUCKET POSITION
VALVE
53 CHARGE PUMP -
12.8 GPM (48,5 L/min) at High Engine Idle
35 RESTRICTION
4 19 PULL BUTTON ACTIVATED 54 CHECK VALVE - With 300 PSI (20,7 bar) Spring
DRIVE MOTOR SHUTTLE VALVE
DIRECTIONAL CONTROL VALVE - 36 VARIABLE CAPACITY DISPLACEMENT with 0.016 inch (0,40 mm) orifice
5 RELIEF/REPLENISHING VALVE - HIGH LIFT ARM BY-PASS BI-DIRECTIONAL HYDROSTATIC PUMP 55 SOLENOID ACTIVATED CONTROL
58
POSITION SENSOR -Swash Plate
15 LIFT CYLINDER SPOOL - MADE TO 49 SOLENOID ACTIVATED DIRECTIONAL NOTE: Unless otherwise specified, springs have
31 FILTER - HYDRAULIC (CANISTER) CONTROL VALVE (TWO COIL)
RESTRICT FLOW DURING BOOM NO significant pressure value.
DOWN BUT NOT DURING BOOM UP 50 FIXED CAPACITY DISPLACEMENT
HYDRAULIC MOTOR - FAN V-1127legend (2-27-08)
Printed in U.S.A.
107 of 928
(REAR QUICK
FEMALE COUPLERS) MALE
HYDRAULIC/HYDROSTATIC SCHEMATIC
WITH SJC & 2 SPEED OPTION
S175 (S/N A3L520001 AND ABOVE) BASE ROD REAR AUX VALVE (OPTIONAL)
61
P-OUT P-IN T
34
D
HYDRAULIC FILTER
31
57 5 3
HYDRAULIC CONTROL VALVE
A
40 C
21
12
20
12 AUXILIARY
CHARGE
SPOOL B
INLET B A
58
42
57 14
3 36
10 TILT CYLINDERS
31 BICS CONTROL VALVE
5 56 5
55
59 2
TILT
B A 17
SPOOL
D C
8
10 11
INLET 14
52
50 LIFT CYLINDERS
51 53 10
FAN MOTOR OUTLET 18
HYDRAULIC
POWERED B A LIFT
DRIVE MOTOR (2 SPEED) 38 BOB-TACH
(OPTIONAL) SPOOL
64 35
39 47
62 15
DR
37 14
54
48 33 41
46 33 16
9
49 45
PP
61 43
P2 LIFT ARM BY PASS VALVE
P1
44 19
63
4
108 of 928 65
32 V-1127 (2-27-08)
Printed in U.S.A.
HYDRAULIC/HYDROSTATIC SCHEMATIC
WITH SJC AND HIGH FLOW OPTION
S175 (S/N A3L520001 AND ABOVE)
Printable Version Click Here
(PRINTED MARCH 2008)
V-1128legend
LEGEND
1 RESERVOIR: 16 SOLENOID ACTIVATED DIRECTIONAL 32 FILTER - CASE DRAIN (SINTERED 49 SOLENOID ACTIVATED DIRECTIONAL
Capacity . . . . . . . 19.2 qt. (18,2 L) BRONZE) CONTROL VALVE (TWO COIL)
CONTROL VALVE - BICS CONTROL
2 SPRING LOADED FILTER BY-PASS 50 RELIEF VALVE - 3300 PSI (228 bar)
17 PILOTED ACTIVATED DIRECTIONAL 33 FILTER - BICS CONTROL VALVE
VALVE: 45-55 PSI (3,1-3,8 bar)
CONTROL VALVE - TILT CONTROL (SCREEN) 51 DUMP VALVE - (ON/OFF)
3
File has expired.
DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE SWITCH:
36-44 PSI (2,5-3,0 bar)
Normally Closed
18 PILOTED ACTIVATED DIRECTIONAL
CONTROL VALVE - LIFT CONTROL
34 CHECK VALVE - BUCKET POSITION
VALVE
52 CHECK VALVE
4 DRIVE MOTOR SHUTTLE VALVE 19 PULL BUTTON ACTIVATED 53 AUXILIARY HYDRAULIC PUMP -
35 RESTRICTION
DIRECTIONAL CONTROL VALVE - 9.5 GPM (36 L/min) at High Engine Idle
5 RELIEF/REPLENISHING VALVE - HIGH LIFT ARM BY-PASS
36 VARIABLE CAPACITY DISPLACEMENT 54 CHECK VALVE - With 300 PSI (20,7 bar) Spring
Use updated files from Bobcat
6
PRESSURE: 5075 PSI (350 bar)
57
SERVO PISTON -Swash Plate
109 of 928
(REAR QUICK
FEMALE COUPLERS) MALE
HYDRAULIC/HYDROSTATIC SCHEMATIC
WITH SJC AND HIGH FLOW OPTION
S175 (S/N A3L520001 AND ABOVE) BASE ROD REAR AUX VALVE (OPTIONAL)
Printable Version Click Here
(PRINTED MARCH 2008) INTEGRATED QUICK
(V-1128) 23 24 COUPLER BLOCK
25 MALE
26
28 7 (FRONT AUXILIARY
MALE
7 LEFT SIDE LIFT ARM)
DRIVE MOTOR 29
1 30
FEMALE
27
4 37
P-OUT P-IN T
D
38 HYDRAULIC FILTER 34
31
56 A
HYDRAULIC CONTROL VALVE
Publications.
5 5 3 40 C
57
21
58
63 57 14
36
3 10 TILT CYLINDERS
31 BICS CONTROL VALVE
HIGH FLOW VALVE
5 56 5
55 51
2 50
52
TILT
B A 17
SPOOL
D C
8
10 11
INLET 14
60 LIFT CYLINDERS
62 61 59 10
FAN MOTOR 18
HYDRAULIC
OUTLET
53 POWERED B A LIFT
BOB-TACH
(OPTIONAL) SPOOL
38
35
39 47
15
DR
14
54
48 33 41
46 33 16
9
49 45
37 PP
4 43
P2 LIFT ARM BY PASS VALVE
P1
32 44 19
Printed in U.S.A.
110 of 928
DRIVE MOTOR
V-1128 (2-27-08)
HYDRAULIC/HYDROSTATIC SCHEMATIC
WITH SJC, 2 SPEED AND HIGH FLOW OPTION
S175 (S/N A3L520001 AND ABOVE)
Printable Version Click Here
38 BI-DIRECTIONAL HYDROSTATIC
59 CHARGE PUMP -
12.8 GPM (48,5 L/min) at High Engine Idle
MOTOR – 2 Speed
4 DRIVE MOTOR SHUTTLE VALVE 20 PILOTED ACTIVATED DIRECTIONAL 39 CHECK VALVE - With 80 PSI (5,5 bar) Spring 60 FIXED CAPACITY DISPLACEMENT
CONTROL VALVE - UNLOADING HYDRAULIC MOTOR
5 RELIEF/REPLENISHING VALVE - HIGH SPOOL 40 SOLENOID ACTIVATED DIRECTIONAL
7 FRONT AUXILIARY MANUAL 23 SOLENOID ACTIVATED DIRECTIONAL 43 FILTER - Bob-Tach Valve 63 SENSOR – CHARGE PRESSURE – Fan
PRESSURE BLEED-OFF VALVE CONTROL VALVE - BASE Filter
44 PILOT ACTIVATED DIRECTIONAL
8 HYDRAULIC PUMP . . . . . . . Gear Type 24 SOLENOID ACTIVATED DIRECTIONAL 64 SENSOR – HYD. TEMP. – Hyd. Filter
CONTROL VALVE - HYDRAULIC
16.9 GPM (64 L/min.) at High Engine Idle CONTROL VALVE - ROD
POWERED BOB-TACH
25 LOAD SHUTTLE VALVE - BLEED OFF 45 65 HIGH PRESSURE SHUTTLE
RESTRICTION - 0.089 inch (2,26 mm)
9 RELIEF VALVE - MAIN:
3250-3350 PSI (224-231 bar) 26 SOLENOID ACTIVATED DIRECTIONAL 46 RESTRICTION - 0.025 inch (0,6 mm) 66 SOLENOID ACTIVATED DIRECTIONAL
at Front Quick Couplers CONTROL VALVE - TWO COIL CONTROL VALVE – WARM UP
47 RELIEF VALVE - 2000 PSI (137 bar)
10 PORT RELIEF/ANTICAVITATION VALVE 27 67 SOLENOID ACTIVATED DIRECTIONAL
PILOT ACTIVATED DIRECTIONAL
3500 PSI (241,3 bar) CONTROL VALVE - REAR AUXILIARY 48 RELIEF VALVE - 1200 PSI (83 bar) CONTROL VALVE – 2 SPEED
HYDRAULIC/HYDROSTATIC SCHEMATIC
WITH SJC, 2 SPEED AND HIGH FLOW OPTION
S175 (S/N A3L520001 AND ABOVE) BASE ROD REAR AUX VALVE (OPTIONAL)
Printable Version Click Here
(PRINTED MARCH 2008)
INTEGRATED QUICK
(V-1129) COUPLER BLOCK
23 24
25 MALE
26
DRIVE MOTOR (2 SPEED) 28 7 (FRONT AUXILIARY
MALE
38 7 LEFT SIDE LIFT ARM)
69 4
29
1 30
FEMALE
27
65
P-OUT P-IN T
34
D
HYDRAULIC FILTER
31
57 5 3
HYDRAULIC CONTROL VALVE
A
40 C
21
12
20
12 AUXILIARY
CHARGE
SPOOL B
INLET B A
58
42
57 14
3 36
31 10 TILT CYLINDERS
BICS CONTROL VALVE
HIGH FLOW VALVE
5 56 5
55 51
63 2 50
52
TILT
B A 17
SPOOL
D C
8
10 11
INLET 14
62
60 LIFT CYLINDERS
61 59 10
FAN MOTOR 18
HYDRAULIC
OUTLET
53 POWERED B A LIFT
BOB-TACH
(OPTIONAL) SPOOL
DRIVE MOTOR (2 SPEED) 38
35
68 39 47
66 37
15
DR
14
54
48 33 41
46 33 16
9
49 45
PP
43
P2 LIFT ARM BY PASS VALVE
P1
44 19
67
Publications.
MECHANICAL CONNECTIONS -
RESERVOIR
atmosphere).
(reservoir open to
DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE
COUPLER - Quick - Acting Coupling SWITCH - Switch activates when
(uncoupled, closed by non-return pressure difference reaches specified
valve). level.
Publications.
direction of flow.
VARIABLE CAPACITY
CONTROL VALVE WITH SPRING
RETURN (mechanical).
DISPLACEMENT BIDIRECTIONAL
HYDRAULIC PUMP - With two CONTROL VALVE ACTIVATED BY
directions of flow (bidirectional). AN ELECTRIC SOLENOID
(electrical).
NON-RETURN VALVE, SHUTTLE VALVE: Valve which DIRECTIONAL CONTROL VALVE: Valve providing for
allows free flow in one direction only. the opening (fully or restricted) or the closing of one or
more flow paths (represented by several squares).
P
(Variable Position) Joystick
Controlled, variable pressure to shift
the pilot activated directional control
SHUTTLE VALVE - The Inlet port
IN
OUT
Publications.
IN connected to the higher pressure is
automatically connected to the Outlet
port while the other Inlet port is
valve spool.
O
IS
D
FRON T
BACK
control switching joystick functions for
STD / ISO Control (Excavators Only).
RELIEF/REPLENISHING VALVE or
RELIEF/ANTICAVITATION VALVE -
When the Inlet pressure overcomes
Troubleshooting WARNING
The following troubleshooting chart is provided for
assistance in locating and correcting problems which are Check for correct function after adjustments, repairs
most common. Many of the recommended procedures or service. Failure to make correct repairs or
must be done by authorized Bobcat Service Personnel adjustments can cause injury or death.
only. W-2004-1285
PROBLEM CAUSE
The hydraulic system will not operate. 1, 2, 3, 5, 8
The transmission warning light come ON when hydraulics are operating. 1, 3
Slow hydraulic system action. 1, 3, 4, 6, 8
Publications.
1. The fluid level is not correct.
2. The pedal linkage is disconnected.
3. The hydraulic pump has damage.
4. The pedal linkage is not adjusted correctly.
5. Relief valve is not at the correct pressure.
6. Suction leak on the inlet side of the hydraulic pump.
7. Fluid is cold. Wrong viscosity fluid. (See HYDRAULIC / HYDROSTATIC FLUID
SPECIFICATIONS on Page SPEC-40-1.)
8. Exceeding the loaders rated operating capacity.
9. Internal leak in the lift cylinder(s).
10. External leak from the cylinder(s).
11. Damaged lift spool.
12. Rotate shaft.
13. Replace lift arm bypass control valve assembly.
Testing
WARNING 2
1
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH
Diesel fuel or hydraulic fluid under pressure can
penetrate skin or eyes, causing serious injury or
death. Fluid leaks under pressure may not be visible.
Use a piece of cardboard or wood to find leaks. Do
not use your bare hand. Wear safety goggles. If fluid
enters skin or eyes, get immediate medical attention N-18786
from a physician familiar with this injury.
W-2072-0807
Install a plug in the hose (Item 1) [Figure 20-20-2] and
Figure 20-20-1
File has expired. tighten.
Engage the parking brake. Lower the seat bar. Start the
Publications. repair.
N-18785
WARNING
Lower the lift arms. Stop the engine. Pull up on the lift AVOID INJURY OR DEATH
arm bypass control and move the lift pedal to release the Always clean up spilled fuel or oil. Keep heat, flames,
hydraulic pressure. Raise the seat bar. sparks or lighted tobacco away from fuel and oil.
Failure to use care around combustibles can cause
Check only one cylinder at a time. Open the rear door. explosion or fire.
W-2103-0508
Disconnect the negative ground cable to the battery.
Figure 20-20-3
P-34048
Publications.
Disconnect the hose (Item 1) [Figure 20-20-3] from the
lift cylinder base end port.
Figure 20-20-4
N-18806
Use a drift pin and hammer, remove the lift arm pivot pin
(Item 2) [Figure 20-20-4] (both sides).
Figure 20-20-6
1
1 2
N-18782
File has expired. P-34049 nut from the lift cylinder pivot pin.
P-34047
Figure 20-20-9
Parts Identification
1. Plug 9. Spacer
2. O-ring 10. Seal
3. Cylinder 11. O-ring
4. O-ring 12. Head
5. Nut 13. Rod Seal
6. Piston 14. Wiper Seal
7. Seal 15. Rod
8. O-ring
7 8
4
5
Publications. 14
1 13
2 12
3
11
10
B-13593
Wash the cylinder parts in solvent and air dry them. P-48036
Figure 20-20-10
Publications.
Put the base end of the cylinder in a vise.
2
2 1
1
P-48038
Figure 20-20-13
1
P-48040
Figure 20-20-16
Assembly: Install the new seal on the tool and slowly
stretch it until it fits the piston [Figure 20-20-13]. Allow
Publications.
compress the seal into place.
Figure 20-20-14
1
P-48041A P-48042
Install the wiper seal, with the wiper side of the seal (Item
1), toward the outside of the head (Item 2) [Figure 20-20-
2 16].
P-48039
Figure 20-20-17
P7425
P-48043A P7427
a
Testing
WARNING 1
Remove the attachment. Roll the Bob-Tach fully back. Install a cap (Item 1) [Figure 20-21-2] on the fitting and
Figure 20-21-1
File has expired.
Stop the engine. Raise the seat bar. tighten.
Use updated files from Bobcat If there is leakage from the open port, remove the tilt
cylinder for repair.
Publications.
1
N-18801
WARNING 1
N-18545
Figure 20-21-3
Use a drift pin and hammer, remove the rod end pivot pin
Figure 20-21-5
Publications. N-18544 3 2
Figure 20-21-6
N-18555
2
Remove and replace bushing with a driver tool and
Figure 20-21-9
Disconnect the hose (Item 1) [Figure 20-21-6] from the
cylinder.
Publications.
Rod End Pivot Pin Bushing And Seal Removal And
Installation
Figure 20-21-7
N-18554
1
1
N-18556
Remove the rod end of the tilt cylinder from the Bob-
Tach. (See Removal And Installation, Page 20-21-2.)
Figure 20-21-10
Publications.
(240 - 260 N•m) torque.
Parts Identification
1. Case 9. Washer
2. Plug 10. O-ring
3. O-ring 11. Head
4. Nut 12. Seal
5. Piston 13. Seal
6. Seal 14. Rod
7. O-ring 15. Seal MC-1688B
8. O-ring 16. Bushing
3
MC-01688A
Publications. 4
10
7
12
6 13
5 11
MC-01688D
14
MC-01688C
15
16
15
PE-1056A
Lubricate all O-rings and seals with hydraulic oil during Remove the nut (Item 1), piston (Item 2) and head (Item
installation.
File has expired.
Hold the hydraulic cylinder over a drain pan and move
3) [Figure 20-21-12].
Publications.
1
2
Use a spanner wrench to loosen the head (Item 1) Assembly: Mark the end of the shaft and nut. Tighten
[Figure 20-21-11] from the cylinder case. the nut an additional 135 degrees or 2-1/4 flats [Figure
20-21-13].
Assembly: Tighten the head with a spanner wrench until
the head is seated all of the way into the cylinder (Item 2)
[Figure 20-21-11].
2
2
P-48039
File has expired. P-48073 (Item 2) [Figure 20-21-16] from the cylinder head.
Figure 20-21-17
Remove the seal (Item 1), and O-ring (Item 2) [Figure
20-21-14] from the piston.
Publications.
P-48040
Figure 20-21-18
1
P-48043 P7427
P7425
P-48042
Testing
WARNING
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH
Always clean up spilled fuel or oil. Keep heat, flames,
sparks or lighted tobacco away from fuel and oil.
Failure to use care around combustibles can cause
explosion or fire.
W-2103-0508 1
P16330
Figure 20-22-3
Diesel fuel or hydraulic fluid under pressure can
penetrate skin or eyes, causing serious injury or
Figure 20-22-1
Publications. W-2072-0807
1 P16332
Engage the parking brake. Lower the seat bar. Start the
engine.
Figure 20-22-4
1 2
Figure 20-22-5
Publications.
1 1
N-21400
Parts Identification
1. Cylinder
2. Plug
3. O-ring
4. Nut
5. Piston
6. O-ring
7. Ring
8. Spacer
9. O-ring
10. Ring
11. O-ring
12. Head
13. Seal
14.
15.
Seal
Rod File has expired. 1
13 12
11
10
9
8 7 6
5
4
15
PE1064
Remove the nut (Item 1), piston (Item 2), spacer (Item 3)
Hold the hydraulic cylinder over a drain pan and move and head (Item 4) [Figure 20-22-7] from the rod.
the rod in and out slowly to remove the fluid from the
Figure 20-22-6
nut (Item 1) [Figure 20-22-7].
Publications. 2
Figure 20-22-8
3
2
1
4
1
P-43212
P16295
Use a spanner wrench to loosen the head (Item 1)
[Figure 20-22-6].
Remove the O-ring (Item 1), and seal (Item 2) from the
Assembly: Tighten the head with a spanner wrench until piston (Item 3) [Figure 20-22-8].
the head is seated all of the way into the cylinder (Item 2)
[Figure 20-22-6]. NOTE: The piston center hole (Item 4) [Figure 20-22-
8] has a bevel on one end. The bevel goes
toward the rod when assembling.
Figure 20-22-9
1
P-48040
Figure 20-22-12
Assembly: Install the new seal on the tool and slowly
stretch it until it fits the piston [Figure 20-22-9]. Allow the
Figure 20-22-10
Publications.
compress the seal into place.
1
P-48041A P-48042
Install the wiper seal, with the wiper side of the seal (Item
1), toward the outside of the head (Item 2) [Figure 20-22-
2 12].
P-48039
Figure 20-22-13
P7425
P-48043A P7427
a
IMPORTANT
File has expired.
P-34480
Publications.
When the engine is running during service, the
driving and steering controls must be in neutral and
Figure 20-30-2
WARNING 2
1
The tools listed will be needed to do the following Start the engine and run at low idle.
procedure:
• Press the AUXILIARY HYDRAULICS Button (Item 1)
MEL10003 - Hydraulic Tester [Figure 20-30-2] once to engage the auxiliary
MEL10006 - Hydraulic Test Kit hydraulics.
Turn the key switch to the OFF position. To release the NOTE: The light (Item 2) [Figure 20-30-2] will be on.
hydraulic pressure at the front auxiliary quick couplers
push the couplers into the coupler block and hold for
three seconds.
1
File has expired.
P-31833
Figure 20-30-4
Publications.
1 Steering
Lever
Control
P-26697
Adjusting
Figure 20-30-5
O-ring
Back-up
Publications.
replace the main relief valve. Check the
pressure setting of the new relief valve.
Figure 20-30-6
IMPORTANT
When repairing hydrostatic and hydraulic systems,
1 clean the work area before disassembly and keep all
parts clean. Always use caps and plugs on hoses,
tubelines and ports to keep dirt out. Dirt can quickly
damage the system.
I-2003-0888
Figure 20-30-7
Publications.
P-48874
Figure 20-40-2
P-85528
Figure 20-40-3
P-90328
AVOID DEATH
•
File has expired.
Disconnecting or loosening any hydraulic
tubeline, hose, fitting, component or a part failure
can cause lift arms to drop.
1
Publications.
WARNING Locate and remove the access covers (Item 1) [Figure
20-40-3] on the right side of the machine.
Never work on a machine with the lift arms up unless Figure 20-40-4
the lift arms are secured by an approved lift arm
support device. Failure to use an approved lift arm
support device can allow the lift arms or attachment
to fall and cause injury or death. 3
W-2059-0598
2
1
IMPORTANT
1
When repairing hydrostatic and hydraulic systems,
clean the work area before disassembly and keep all
parts clean. Always use caps and plugs on hoses,
tubelines and ports to keep dirt out. Dirt can quickly P-66963
damage the system.
I-2003-0888
Mark and disconnect the five electric solenoid connectors
Lift and block the loader. (See Procedure on Page 10-10- for correct installation (Item 1) [Figure 20-40-4].
1.)
Disconnect and cap the supply hose (Item 2). Remove
Raise the lift arms and install an approved lift arm the supply hose clamp (Item 3) [Figure 20-40-4].
support device (See Installing on Page 10-20-1.)
Figure 20-40-5
1
1
P-66969
Figure 20-40-6
Publications. 1
P-66965
1
Remove the two lift arm bypass valve bracket mounting
bolts (Item 1) [Figure 20-40-8].
P-66967 Remove the lift arm bypass valve and mounting bracket.
Figure 20-40-10
Publications.
3
5
2 1
1
P-66970
Figure 20-40-12
1 1
2
P-66957
File has expired. P-66973 The fixed end main valve hose (Item 1) [Figure 20-40-
14] is connected to a fixed end fitting on the control valve.
The hose is routed to the back upright where the hose is
Remove the supply tubeline clamp screw (Item 1) connected to a tee fitting that feeds the base end of both
[Figure 20-40-12].
Publications.
Remove supply tubeline (Item 2) [Figure 20-40-12] from
loader.
Figure 20-40-13
P-66971
Figure 20-40-15
1
1
P-66974
Figure 20-40-18
Publications.
P-66972P-
P-66972
P-51713
34004P-
1 51713
Identification Chart
Figure 20-40-19
J2
C2 J4 C3
D5 E3 B3
E3
G1 G2
F2 B2 A3 D3
D4 F4 C4 E2
A2
J1
J3
MS1937
ITEM
A1
Publications.
S175/S185 LOADER
Lift Cylinder Base End
ITEM
E1
S175/S185 LOADER
Lift Spool Detent
A2 Tilt Cylinder Base End E2 Tilt Spool Centering Spring
A3 Auxiliary Hydraulic Rod End E3 Auxiliary Spool/Centering Springs
B1 Lift Cylinder Rod End F1 Lift Spool
B2 Tilt Cylinder Rod End F2 Tilt Spool
B3 Auxiliary Hydraulics Base End F3 Lift Spool Lock Solenoid
C1 Lift Load Check F4 Tilt Spool Lock Solenoid
C2 Load Check Valve Tilt Function G1 Auxiliary Solenoid Stem
C3 Load Check Valve Auxiliary Function G2 Auxiliary Solenoid Stem
C4 Check Valve H1 BICS Valve Solenoid
D1 Anti-Cavitation Valve H2 BICS Lock Valve (Tilt)
Lift (Rod End)
D2 Port Relief/Anti-Cavitation Valve – 3500 PSI H3 BICS Lock Valve (Lift)
Lift (Base End) J1 Inlet Fluid Flow (From Pump)
D3 Port Relief/Anti-Cavitation Valve – 3500 PSI J2 Outlet Fluid Flow (Return to Tank)
Tilt (Base End) J3 Lift Arm Bypass Orifice
D4 Port Relief/Anti-Cavitation Valve – 3500 PSI J4 Drain (Case)
Tilt (Rod End)
MR Main Relief Valve – 3300 PSI
D5 Port Relief/Anti-Cavitation Valve (Auxiliary)
3500 PSI (Optional)
Figure 20-40-20
2
1
2
P-68014
Publications.
Remove the mount bracket (Item 3) from the hydraulic
control valve.
1
P-51439
P-68013
1 1
3
2
P-51453
Publications.
Figure 20-40-25
P-68007
At the front side of the control valve locate the tilt section
load check valve (Item 1) [Figure 20-40-25].
Figure 20-40-27
1
3
2
Figure 20-40-28
P-51693
Figure 20-40-30
Publications.
1
P-51454
1
Replace the O-ring (Item 1) [Figure 20-40-31] before Installation: Tighten to 38 - 45 ft.-lb. (52 - 61 N•m)
installation. torque.
Figure 20-40-34
P-68015
Figure 20-40-37
Remove the tilt port relief/anti cavitation valve (Item 1)
Publications.
P-51695
1
Figure 20-40-38
1
1
P-68016
File has expired.P-51696 At the top side of the control valve, remove the plug (Item
1) [Figure 20-40-40].
Figure 20-40-39
Publications.
1
P-51460
P-51506
At the bottom side of the control valve remove the plug Installation: Tighten the screws to 90 - 100 in.-lb. (10 -
(Item 1) [Figure 20-40-42].
Publications.
1
2
1
P-51462
P-51701
Installation: Always use new O-rings (Item 1) [Figure Remove the rubber boots (Item 1) from the retainer plate
20-40-43]. Tighten to 40 ft.-lb. (54 N•m) torque. (Item 2) [Figure 20-40-45].
Figure 20-40-46
1 1
2
1
P-51699A
1
Remove the four end cap/spool lock block mount screws
Remove the lift spool lock solenoid (Item 1) and the tilt
Figure 20-40-47
Figure 20-40-49
Publications.
1
1
P-51700
P-68017
Figure 20-40-50
P-51513
1
File has expired. Figure 20-40-53
Figure 20-40-51
Use a screwdriver to remove the snap ring (Item 1)
[Figure 20-40-53].
P-51512A
Figure 20-40-54
2 1
3
1
Publications.
in.-lb. (10 - 11,3 N•m) torque.
IMPORTANT
The detent assembly has small springs and balls. Do
not lose these parts during disassembly and
assembly.
I-2012-0284
Figure 20-40-55
P-51516
Figure 20-40-57
P-8988
Figure 20-40-60
Remove the lift spool assembly and seal (Item 1) [Figure
Publications. 3
1
N-18915
1
Figure 20-40-61
N-19009
Figure 20-40-64
Publications.
Remove the back-up washer (Item 1) and spool seal
(Item 2) [Figure 20-40-61].
4
Figure 20-40-62
1
N-18919A
Inspect the adapter (Item 1), collar (Item 2), spring (Item
3) and washer (Item 4) [Figure 20-40-64].
N-19004
Figure 20-40-65
2
1
N-18918 Install the O-ring (Item 1) over the nipple on the plastic
plug (Item 2) [Figure 20-40-67].
Remove the stud from the end of the spool [Figure 20-
N-18920
Drill a hole all the way through the plug using a 7/64 in. Install the plastic plug and O-ring in the spool [Figure 20-
tap drill 40-68].
O-ring
1 3
2
N-18958
Plastic
Plug
0.60 in. Apply grease on all the detent component surfaces
(15,2 mm)
File has expired. B-14712
before assembly [Figure 20-40-71].
Figure 20-40-70
Publications.
1
N-18968
Figure 20-40-73
N-19005
Figure 20-40-76
2
N-18917
Figure 20-40-77
2
P-51515
Figure 20-40-80
Publications.
1
1
N-19008
P-51514
Figure 20-40-81
2
1
P-51512A
Figure 20-40-84
Publications.
1
P-51511A
Figure 20-40-85
2
1
P-51697
3
Use an ohm meter to measure the lock solenoid coils
Publications.
[Figure 20-40-85].
Figure 20-40-86
P-68017
Remove the lift and tilt end cap/spool lock block. (See
End Cap / Spool Lock Block Removal And Installation on
Page 20-40-15.)
2
Figure 20-40-88
1
P-68023
1
1 P-51544A
4
1
N-18944A
Inspect the adapter (Item 1), collar (Item 2), spring (Item
Figure 20-40-95
Put the linkage end of the spool in the vice [Figure 20-
40-92]. 2
Publications.
Figure 20-40-93
1
1
P-51545 N-18943
N-19014
Figure 20-40-96
2
2
1
1
P-68022
Figure 20-40-99
Publications.
Remove the spool centering block (Item 2) [Figure 20-
40-96] from the control valve.
2 1
Figure 20-40-97
P-51549A
P-68021
Figure 20-40-100
1 2
Publications.
1
P-51551A
Figure 20-40-102 1
1
1
P-68008
Figure 20-40-105
Remove the nut (Item 1) [Figure 20-40-102] from both
1
2
2
P-51555
Figure 20-40-106
2
1
2 1
Publications.
Installation: Tighten the nut to 21.6 - 26.4 in.-lb. (2,44 -
2,98 N•m) torque.
Figure 20-40-107
P-85556
Figure 20-40-108
2
P-68009
Remove the nut (Item 1) [Figure 20-40-108] from the Figure 20-40-111
solenoid stem.
N-18694
Figure 20-40-112 1
1
1
1 2
1
2
2
2
P-51564
Locate the two BICS lock valves, (Item 1) is for the tilt
circuit and (Item 2) [Figure 20-40-112] is for the lift
Publications.
P-51443
Figure 20-40-115
1
1
P-51706
2
Publications. 1
1
1
1
1 2
2
2
P-51564
P-51697P-
51504
Remove the O-rings (Item 1) and back-up rings (Item 2)
[Figure 20-40-118] from the tilt lock valve, and replace
Remove the lift spool lock solenoid (Item 1) [Figure 20- with new.
40-116].
Figure 20-40-119
1
P-51707
Remove the tubeline (Item 1) and fitting (Item 2) [Figure Figure 20-40-122
20-40-119] from the valve.
Publications.
1
P-51463
Check the lift arm bypass orifice (Item 1) [Figure 20-40- Installation: Always use new O-rings. Tighten main relief
120]. valve to 38 - 45 ft.-lb. (52 - 61 N•m) torque.
Figure 20-40-123
P-68869
Figure 20-40-126
Remove the tubeline (Item 1) [Figure 20-40-123].
Publications. 1
P-68870
Figure 20-41-2
P-85528
Figure 20-41-3
P-90328
AVOID DEATH
•
File has expired.
Disconnecting or loosening any hydraulic
tubeline, hose, fitting, component or a part failure
can cause lift arms to drop.
1
Publications.
WARNING Locate and remove the access covers (Item 1) [Figure
20-41-3] on the right side of the machine.
Never work on a machine with the lift arms up unless Figure 20-41-4
the lift arms are secured by an approved lift arm
support device. Failure to use an approved lift arm
support device can allow the lift arms or attachment
to fall and cause injury or death.
W-2059-0598 3
2
IMPORTANT
When repairing hydrostatic and hydraulic systems, 1
clean the work area before disassembly and keep all 1
parts clean. Always use caps and plugs on hoses,
tubelines and ports to keep dirt out. Dirt can quickly P-68204
damage the system.
I-2003-0888
Mark and disconnect the three electric solenoid
Lift and block the loader. (See Procedure on Page 10-10- connectors for correct installation (Item 1) [Figure 20-41-
1.) 4].
Raise the lift arms and install an approved lift arm Disconnect and cap the supply hose (Item 2). Remove
support device (See Installing on Page 10-20-1.) the supply hose clamp (Item 3) [Figure 20-41-4].
Figure 20-41-5
1
P-66965
2
Remove the two lift arm bypass valve bracket mounting
Disconnect and cap the tubelines (Item 1) [Figure 20-41- Figure 20-41-8
5] from the lift arm bypass valve to the hydraulic control
Figure 20-41-6
Publications.
P-66968
Figure 20-41-9
1
3 2
5
2
1 1 4
P-66973
Publications.
Remove and cap the outlet tubeline (Item 3) [Figure 20-
41-9] from the control valve to the hydraulic oil cooler.
Figure 20-41-10
P-66961
Figure 20-41-12
1
P-66962
3
Remove any tie-straps (Item 1) [Figure 20-41-14]
Figure 20-41-15
Publications.
Figure 20-41-13
P-66960
P-66957
1 1
Figure 20-41-19
Publications.
1
P-66972P-
P-66972
P-51713
34004P-
51713
P-68029
Remove the two mounting bolts (Item 1) [Figure 20-41-
17] fastening the control valve and bracket to the side of
the loader. Slide the actuator mount bracket (Item 1) [Figure 20-41-
19] away from the control valve.
Remove the control valve from the loader.
Pull the actuator away from the control valve [Figure 20-
Reverse removal procedure to install the hydraulic 41-19].
control valve.
Figure 20-41-20
1
P-68032
P-68033
P-68031 Pull the actuator away from the control valve [Figure 20-
41-23].
Figure 20-41-24
1
2
P-68035
P-68031
Identification Chart
Figure 20-41-27
J2 C3
C2
J4
D5 B3
E3
E3
G1 G2
F2 A3
B2 D3
D4 C4 E2
A2
D1
File has expired.
D2
A1
E1
J1
J3
MS1972
ITEM
Publications.
S175/S185 LOADER ITEM S175/S185 LOADER
A1 Lift Cylinder Base End E1 Lift Spool Centering Spring
A2 Tilt Cylinder Base End E2 Tilt Spool Centering Spring
A3 Auxiliary Hydraulic Rod End E3 Auxiliary Spool/Centering Springs
B1 Lift Cylinder Rod End F1 Lift Spool
B2 Tilt Cylinder Rod End F2 Tilt Spool
B3 Auxiliary Hydraulics Base End G1 Auxiliary Solenoid Stem
C1 LIft Load Check G2 Auxiliary Solenoid Stem
C2 Load Check Valve Tilt Function H1 BICS Valve Solenoid
C3 Load Check Valve Auxiliary Function H2 BICS Lock Valve (Tilt)
C4 Check Valve
H3 BICS Lock Valve (Lift)
D1 Anti-Cavitation Valve
Lift (Rod End) J1 Inlet Fluid Flow (From Pump)
D2 Port Relief/Anti-Cavitation Valve – 3500 PSI J2 Outlet Fluid Flow (Return to Tank)
Lift (Base End) J3 Lift Arm Bypass Orifice
D3 Port Relief/Anti-Cavitation Valve – 3500 PSI J4 Drain (Case)
Tilt (Base End) MR Main Relief Valve – 3300 PSI
D4 Port Relief/Anti-Cavitation Valve – 3500 PSI
Tilt (Rod End)
D5 Port Relief/Anti-Cavitation Valve (Auxiliary)
3500 PSI (Optional)
Figure 20-41-28
1 1
P-68013
File has expired. Remove the tubeline (Item 1) [Figure 20-41-29] from the
control valve.
3
P-68011 Figure 20-41-30
P-68014
Figure 20-41-31
1
2
P-51439 At the front side of the control valve locate the tilt section
load check valve (Item 1) [Figure 20-41-33].
Publications. 1
Figure 20-41-34
1
3
2
P-51440
1
3
2
1
P-51453
IMPORTANTPublications.
When repairing hydrostatic and hydraulic systems,
clean the work area before disassembly and keep all
parts clean. Always use caps and plugs on hoses,
tubelines and ports to keep dirt out. Dirt can quickly
damage the system.
I-2003-0888
Figure 20-41-36
P-51452
Figure 20-41-38
Publications.
1
1
P-68039
Replace the O-ring (Item 1) [Figure 20-41-39] before Installation: Lightly lubricate with oil and tighten to 38 -
installation. 45 ft.-lb. (52 - 61 N•m) torque.
Figure 20-41-42 1
P-68037
Figure 20-41-45
Remove the tilt port relief/anti cavitation valve (Item 1)
Publications.
1
P-51801
1
Figure 20-41-46
1
1
P-68016
File has expired. P-51743 At the top side of the control valve, remove the plug (Item
1) [Figure 20-41-48].
Figure 20-41-47
Publications.
1
1
P-51460
P-68040
Figure 20-41-53
1
P-51462 1
P-68041
Figure 20-41-54 1
P-68043
1
Remove the two screws (Item 1) [Figure 20-41-56] from
Publications.
Remove the O-ring (Item 1) [Figure 20-41-54].
Figure 20-41-55 1
P-68044
P-68047
Figure 20-41-58
P-51772
1
Clamp the linkage end of the spool in a vise [Figure 20-
Figure 20-41-61
Remove the lift spool assembly and seal (Item 1) [Figure
Publications. 1
1
P-51773
Figure 20-41-62
1
1
N-18920
Drill a hole all the way through the plug using a 7/64 in.
tap drill
Publications.
Remove spring tool from the spring assembly. NOTE: DO NOT USE Loctite® ON THE STUD
THREADS.
Figure 20-41-63
Figure 20-41-65
2 2
1
4 1
P-51776
P-74183
Inspect the adapter (Item 1), collar (Item 2), spring (Item
3) and washer (Item 4) [Figure 20-41-63]. Install the O-ring (Item 1) over the nipple on the plastic
plug (Item 2) [Figure 20-41-65].
Figure 20-41-66
2
3
3
P-68044
Publications. 1
2
P-51771 P-51775
Figure 20-41-69
1
P-68042
Figure 20-41-72
Publications. 2
1 P-68040
Install the end cap block (Item 1) and the two mount bolts
2
(Item 2) [Figure 20-41-72].
Install the O-ring (Item 1) and spacer (Item 2) [Figure 20- Connect the tube line (Item 3) [Figure 20-41-72] to the
41-70] on the lift spool. end cap block.
Figure 20-41-73 2
P-68051
Figure 20-41-74
Publications.
1
1
2 1
P-68052
4
1
N-18944A
Inspect the adapter (Item 1), collar (Item 2), spring (Item
Figure 20-41-80
Put the linkage end of the spool in the vice [Figure 20-
41-77]. 2
Publications.
Figure 20-41-78
1
1
P-51545 N-18943
N-19014
Figure 20-41-81
1
1
2
P-68054
Figure 20-41-84
2
1
Remove the spool centering block from the control valve.
Figure 20-41-82
P-68076
P-68053
Figure 20-41-85
Publications.
P-68078
Figure 20-41-87
1 1
P-68083
Figure 20-41-90
Remove the nut (Item 1) [Figure 20-41-87] from both
1
2
2
P-51555
Figure 20-41-91
2
1
2 1
Publications.
Installation: Tighten the nut to 21.6 - 26.4 in.-lb. (2,44 -
2,98 N•m) torque.
Figure 20-41-92
P-85556
Figure 20-41-93
P-68085
2
Remove the solenoid stem (Item 1) [Figure 20-41-95].
Remove the nut (Item 1) [Figure 20-41-93] from the Figure 20-41-96
solenoid stem.
1
1
N-18694
Figure 20-41-97 1
1
1
2
1
1
2
2
2
P-51564
Figure 20-41-100
Locate the two BICS lock valves, (Item 1) is for the tilt
circuit, and (Item 2) [Figure 20-41-97] is for the lift circuit.
Publications.
1
1 P-68080
Figure 20-41-101
1
1
1
1
2
2
2
File has expired.
P-51564
Figure 20-41-102
P-68088
File has expired.P-68087 Remove the main relief valve (Item 1) [Figure 20-41-
104].
Remove the fitting (Item 1) [Figure 20-41-102] from the Figure 20-41-105
valve.
Publications.
1
1
P-51463
P-51437 Remove the O-rings from the main relief valve (Item 1)
[Figure 20-41-105].
Check the lift arm bypass orifice (Item 1) [Figure 20-41- Installation: Always use new O-rings. Tighten to 38 - 45
103]. ft.-lb. (52 - 61 N•m) torque.
Figure 20-41-106
P-68869
Figure 20-41-109
Remove the tubeline (Item 1) [Figure 20-41-106].
Publications. 1
P-68870
Description
3 Figure 20-50-4
2
Publications.
Remove the rubber washer (Item 3) [Figure 20-50-2].
the valve block. Inspect the bypass valve for damage and
replace if necessary.
3
1
P-68160
Pump Test At Quick Couplers File has expired. Turn the restrictor control (Item 2) [Figure 20-60-1] on
the tester counterclockwise to obtain free flow, the flow
The tools listed will be needed to do the following should be approximately 16 - 17 GPM. Start turning the
procedure: restrictor clockwise, causing more restriction on the flow.
Figure 20-60-1
reaches approximately 2800 PSI. At approximately 2800
PSI the flow should start decreasing rapidly until the
pressure reaches 3250 - 3300 PSI. At 3250 - 3300 PSI
the flow should be at 0 GPM. Turn the restrictor (Item 2)
Publications. 1
[Figure 20-60-1] counterclockwise to free flow. Shut the
front auxiliary hydraulics off.
P-16903 P-66894
WARNING 1
P-68163
Put jackstands under the front axles and rear corners
of the frame before running the engine for service.
Failure to use jackstands can allow the machine to Disconnect the OUTLET hose (Item 1) [Figure 20-60-2]
Lift and block the loader. (See Procedure on Page 10-10- Figure 20-60-3
1.)
Publications.
WARNING 2
1
Raise the operator cab. (See Raising on Page 10-30-1.) Connect the INLET hose (Item 1) [Figure 20-60-3] from
the tester to the OUTLET hose (Item 1) [Figure 20-60-2]
Open the rear door of the loader. of the pump. Connect the OUTLET hose (Item 2) [Figure
20-60-3] from the tester to the tubeline (Item 2) [Figure
Connect the remote start tool. (See REMOTE START 20-60-2] on the control valve.
TOOL KIT-MEL1563 on Page 10-60-1.)
IMPORTANT
The hydraulic tester must be in the fully open
position before you start the engine.
I-2024-0284
Figure 20-60-4
EXAMPLE: TESTER
CONNECTION
Reservoir
Hydraulic Pump
Out In
Publications.
Start the engine and run at low idle RPM. Make sure the
tester is connected correctly. If no flow is indicated on the
tester, the hoses are connected wrong. With the hoses
connected correctly, increase the engine speed to full
RPM*.
WARNING
P-69182
Put jackstands under the front axles and rear corners
of the frame before running the engine for service.
Failure to use jackstands can allow the machine to Disconnect the proportioning valve electrical connector
Publications.
WARNING
Never work on a machine with the lift arms up unless
the lift arms are secured by an approved lift arm 1
support device. Failure to use an approved lift arm
support device can allow the lift arms or attachment
to fall and cause injury or death.
W-2059-0598
P-69184
NOTE: The fluid from the charge pump must be
filtered after it passes through the Hydraulic
Tester, to prevent any contamination to the Disconnect the filter inlet hose (Item 1)[Figure 20-60-6].
Hydrostatic Pumps.
*Refer to (See Hydraulic System on Page SPEC-10-3.)
Raise the operator cab. (See Raising on Page 10-30-1.) for system relief pressure and full RPM.
Connect the filter inlet hose (Item 1) to the inlet side of *Refer to the Hydraulic Schematics for pump flow and
the tester (Item 2) [Figure 20-60-7]. RPM.
Figure 20-60-8
Publications.
P-48256A
Be sure all connections are tight and that the hoses are
not touching any moving parts before starting the loader
[Figure 20-60-8].
IMPORTANT
The hydraulic tester must be in the fully open
position before you start the engine.
I-2024-0284
DANGER
1
P-66880
P-90328
AVOID DEATH Disconnect and cap the outlet hoses (Item 1) [Figure 20-
•
File has expired.
Disconnecting or loosening any hydraulic
tubeline, hose, fitting, component or a part failure
can cause lift arms to drop.
60-9] from the back of the hydraulic pump.
Use updated files from Bobcat Never work on a machine with the lift arms up unless
the lift arms are secured by an approved lift arm
support device. Failure to use an approved lift arm
support device can allow the lift arms or attachment
IMPORTANTPublications. to fall and cause injury or death.
W-2059-0598
Raise the lift arms and install an approved lift arm support
device. (See Procedure on Page 10-10-1.)
Open the rear door of the loader. Disconnect and cap the inlet hoses (Item 1) [Figure 20-
60-10] from the front of the hydraulic pump.
Remove the Power Bob-Tach block if equipped. (See
Removal And Installation on Page 20-130-1.)
Figure 20-60-11
P-43940 P-43938A
Publications.
P-66898
Figure 20-60-14
Starter
Solenoid
P-59355
S Terminal
Battery Terminal
P-66897
P-59356
Start the loader from the operators cab and run the
engine at low idle for 1 - 2 minutes without operating the
hydraulics.
After operating the engine at low idle, Remove the lift arm
support device and fully raise and lower the loader lift
arms several times or until air is purged from the system.
Avoid running over the relief valve setting at the end
of cylinder stroke.
Parts Identification
15
14
7 5
13
8
5 6
4
12 3
Publications. 11
5
6
10
9
7
3 4 5 6
1 1. Shaft Seal
2 2. Pump Flange Section
3. Pre-Load Seal
4. Load Seal
5. O-ring
6. Wear Plate
7. Pins
8. Drive Gear
9. Idler Gear
10. Auxiliary Pump Section
11. Spline Shaft
12. Pump Center Section
13. Charge Pump Section
14. Pump End Section
15. Bolt (8)
B-21259A
Figure 20-60-17
P-26352
P-64507
1
1 P-64509
1
Remove the pump end section (Item 1) [Figure 20-60-
Publications.
to 54 ft.-lb. (73,2 N•m) torque.
IMPORTANT
When repairing hydrostatic and hydraulic systems,
clean the work area before disassembly and keep all
parts clean. Always use caps and plugs on hoses,
tubelines and ports to keep dirt out. Dirt can quickly
damage the system.
I-2003-0888
Figure 20-60-19 1
P-64511
2
Figure 20-60-22
1
Figure 20-60-20
Publications.
1
P-64512
Remove the wear plate (Item 1) and section seal (Item 2) NOTE: Inspect the pump section (Item 1) [Figure 20-
[Figure 20-60-19] and [Figure 20-60-20] from the pump 60-22]. If excessive wear or damage is visible,
end section. the pump must be replaced.
Figure 20-60-23
P-64515
Figure 20-60-26
Figure 20-60-24
1
Publications.
P-64516
Figure 20-60-27
1
P-64519
1
2 Figure 20-60-30
2
Figure 20-60-28
1
P-64520
Remove the wear plate (Item 1) and O-ring (Item 2) Remove the pre-load seal (Item 2) [Figure 20-60-30].
[Figure 20-60-27] and [Figure 20-60-28] from the pump
center section. Inspect for damage and replace as
needed.
Figure 20-60-31
2
1
1
P-64526
Figure 20-60-34
Figure 20-60-35
1
P-64530
1
Remove the drive gear (Item 1) [Figure 20-60-37] from
Figure 20-60-38
Figure 20-60-36
Publications.
1
P-64531
P-64529
Figure 20-60-39
2
P-64535
Figure 20-60-42
Publications. 1
2
P-64536
Figure 20-60-43
3
2
1
P-64540
Publications. 1
2
2
1 P-30188A
P-64538
Remove the pre-load seal (Item 2) [Figure 20-60-44]. Remove the shaft seal (Item 1) [Figure 20-60-46] from
the pump flange section.
Publications.
MEL10003 - In-Line Hydraulic Tester
MEL10006 - Flow Meter Fitting Kit
[Figure 20-61-1] counterclockwise to free flow. Shut the
front auxiliary hydraulics off.
P-16903 P-66894
1
WARNING
P-68163
Figure 20-61-3
Lift and block the loader. (See Procedure on Page 10-10-
Publications.
WARNING
2
1
W-2059-0598
Figure 20-61-4
EXAMPLE: TESTER
CONNECTION
Reservoir
Hydraulic Pump
Out In
File has expired.
Hydraulic Control
Valve
Publications.
Sample tester connection shown [Figure 20-61-4].
Start the engine and run at low idle RPM. Make sure the
tester is connected correctly. If no flow is indicated on the
tester, the hoses are connected wrong. With the hoses
connected correctly, increase the engine speed to full
RPM*.
WARNING
P-69182
Publications.
WARNING
Never work on a machine with the lift arms up unless 1
the lift arms are secured by an approved lift arm
support device. Failure to use an approved lift arm
support device can allow the lift arms or attachment
to fall and cause injury or death.
W-2059-0598
P-69184
Start the engine and run at low idle RPM. Make sure the
tester is connected correctly. If no flow is indicated on the
tester, the hoses are connected wrong. With the hoses
connected correctly, increase the engine speed to full
RPM*.
P-48256A
Be sure all connections are tight and that the hoses are
not touching any moving parts before starting the loader
[Figure 20-61-8].
WARNING
Put jackstands under the front axles and rear corners
of the frame before running the engine for service.
Failure to use jackstands can allow the machine to
fall or move and cause injury or death.
W-2017-0286
P-48463
Raise the lift arms and install an approved lift arm support
support device. Failure to use an approved lift arm device. (See Installing on Page 10-20-1.)
support device can allow the lift arms or attachment
IMPORTANTPublications.
The hydraulic tester must be in the fully open
position before you start the engine. 1
I-2024-0284
Connect the INLET hose (Item 1) [Figure 20-61-11] from *Refer to Hydraulic Schematics Legend for system relief
the tester, to the high flow pump OUTLET hose (Item 1) pressure and full RPM.
Hydraulic Pump
Out In
High Flow Valve
1
B-16277
Start the engine and run at low idle RPM. Press the front
auxiliary button. Press the High Flow button. Push the
button (on the right control lever) for fluid flow to the quick
coupler. Make sure the tester is connected correctly. If no
flow is indicated on the tester, the hoses are connected
wrong. With the hoses connected correctly, increase the
engine speed to full RPM*.
DANGER
1
P-64545
P-90328
Disconnect and cap the outlet hoses (Item 1) [Figure 20-
AVOID DEATH
•
File has expired.
Disconnecting or loosening any hydraulic
tubeline, hose, fitting, component or a part failure
can cause lift arms to drop.
61-13] from the back of the hydraulic pump.
Use updated files from Bobcat D-1009-0409 Never work on a machine with the lift arms up unless
the lift arms are secured by an approved lift arm
support device. Failure to use an approved lift arm
support device can allow the lift arms or attachment
IMPORTANTPublications.
to fall and cause injury or death.
W-2059-0598
Open the rear door of the loader. Disconnect and cap the inlet hoses (Item 1) [Figure 20-
61-14] from the front of the hydraulic pump.
Remove the Power Bob-Tach block if equipped. (See
Removal And Installation on Page 20-130-1.)
Figure 20-61-15
P-43940 P-43938A
Publications.
P-66898
P-59355
S Terminal
Momentary Switch Start the loader from the operators cab and run the
engine at low idle for 1 - 2 minutes without operating the
hydraulics.
After operating the engine at low idle, Remove the lift arm
support device and fully raise and lower the loader lift
arms several times or until air is purged from the system.
Avoid running over the relief valve setting at the end
of cylinder stroke.
Parts Identification
17
16
8 4
12 15 2
7
14 3 4 5
7
8 13 6 5
Publications. 5 11
6
6 9
5 10
1 3 4
1. Shaft Seal
2. Pump Flange Section
2
3. Pre-Load Seal
4. Load Seal
5. O-ring
6. Valve Plate
7. Pin
8. Drive Gear
9. Idler Gear
10. Auxiliary Pump Section
11. Auxiliary Center Section
12. Splined Shaft
13. Charge Pump Section
14. Charge Center Section
15. High Flow Pump Section
16. High Flow End Section
17. Bolt
B-18248
Figure 20-61-21
1
P-64553
P-64554
1
1 Remove the high flow end section (Item 1) [Figure 20-
Publications.
Installation: Tighten the bolts (Item 2) [Figure 20-61-21]
to 54 ft.-lb. (73,2 N•m) torque.
IMPORTANT
When repairing hydrostatic and hydraulic systems,
clean the work area before disassembly and keep all
parts clean. Always use caps and plugs on hoses,
tubelines and ports to keep dirt out. Dirt can quickly
damage the system.
I-2003-0888
P-64556
2 Figure 20-61-26
Figure 20-61-24
Publications.
1 P-64557
Figure 20-61-27
P-64560
Figure 20-61-30
Figure 20-61-28
1
Publications.
P-64561
Figure 20-61-31
1
P-64564
2 Figure 20-61-34
Figure 20-61-32
2 1
P-64565
3
1
1 P-64569
Figure 20-61-38
Figure 20-61-36
2
P-64571
1
Figure 20-61-39
1
1
P-64574
Figure 20-61-42
Figure 20-61-40
P-64575
P-64573
NOTE: Inspect the drive gear (Item 1) [Figure 20-61-
42]. If excessive wear or damage is visible, the
Remove the charge pump section (Item 1) [Figure 20- pump must be replaced.
61-39] and [Figure 20-61-40] from the auxiliary pump
center section.
Figure 20-61-43
1
2
1
2
P-64578
Figure 20-61-46
Figure 20-61-44
Publications.
P-64579
Figure 20-61-47
1 1
P-64521
Publications.
1
P-64520
Figure 20-61-51
P-64528
1
Figure 20-61-54
Figure 20-61-52
Publications.
1 P-64529
Figure 20-61-55
1
2
P-64532
Remove the drive gear (Item 1) [Figure 20-61-55] from Figure 20-61-58
the pump flange section.
1
Publications. 1
P-64534
NOTE: Inspect the drive gear (Item 1) [Figure 20-61- NOTE: Inspect the idler gear (Item 1) [Figure 20-61-
56]. If excessive wear or damage is visible, the 58]. If excessive wear or damage is visible, the
pump must be replaced. pump must be replaced.
Figure 20-61-59
P-64537
Figure 20-61-62
Figure 20-61-60
Publications. 1
P-64538
1
Figure 20-61-63
3
2
Publications.
pump must be replaced.
Figure 20-61-64
2
P-30188A
P-64541
Pump Test At Quick Couplers File has expired. should be approximately 16 - 17 GPM. Start turning the
restrictor clockwise, causing more restriction on the flow.
The GPM should drop off slightly until the pressure
The tools listed will be needed to do the following reaches approximately 2800 PSI. At approximately 2800
procedure: PSI the flow should start decreasing rapidly until the
Figure 20-70-1
the flow should be at 0 GPM. Turn the restrictor (Item 2)
[Figure 20-70-1] counterclockwise to free flow. Shut the
front auxiliary hydraulics off.
P-16903 P-66894
WARNING 1
P-68163
Put jackstands under the front axles and rear corners
of the frame before running the engine for service.
Failure to use jackstands can allow the machine to Disconnect the OUTLET hose (Item 1) [Figure 20-70-2]
Lift and block the loader. (See Procedure on Page 10-10- Figure 20-70-3
1.)
Publications.
WARNING 2 1
Raise the operator cab. (See Raising on Page 10-30-1.) Connect the INLET hose (Item 1) [Figure 20-70-3] from
the tester to the OUTLET hose (Item 1) [Figure 20-70-2]
Open the rear door of the loader. of the pump. Connect the OUTLET hose (Item 2) [Figure
20-70-3] from the tester to the tubeline (Item 2) [Figure
Connect the remote start tool. (See REMOTE START 20-70-2] on the control valve.
TOOL KIT-MEL1563 on Page 10-60-1.)
Figure 20-70-4
EXAMPLE: TESTER
CONNECTION
Reservoir
Hydraulic Pump
Out In
Publications.
Start the engine and run at low idle RPM. Make sure the
tester is connected correctly. If no flow is indicated on the
tester, the hoses are connected wrong. With the hoses
connected correctly, increase the engine speed to full
RPM*.
WARNING
P-69182
Put jackstands under the front axles and rear corners
of the frame before running the engine for service.
Failure to use jackstands can allow the machine to Disconnect the proportioning valve electrical connector
Publications.
WARNING
Never work on a machine with the lift arms up unless
the lift arms are secured by an approved lift arm 1
support device. Failure to use an approved lift arm
support device can allow the lift arms or attachment
to fall and cause injury or death.
W-2059-0598
P-69184
NOTE: The fluid from the charge pump must be
filtered after it passes through the Hydraulic
Tester, to prevent any contamination to the Disconnect the filter inlet hose (Item 1)[Figure 20-70-6].
Hydrostatic Pumps.
*Refer to (See Hydraulic System on Page SPEC-10-3.)
Raise the operator cab. (See Raising on Page 10-30-1.) for system relief pressure and full RPM.
Figure 20-70-7
IMPORTANT
The hydraulic tester must be in the fully open
4 3 position before you start the engine.
I-2024-0284
Start the engine and run at low idle RPM. Make sure the
tester is connected correctly. If no flow is indicated on the
tester, the hoses are connected wrong. With the hoses
connected correctly, increase the engine speed to full
RPM*.
Connect the filter inlet hose (Item 1) to the inlet side of Turn the restrictor down to system operating pressure
the tester (Item 2) [Figure 20-70-7]. approximately 1000 PSI (69 bar). DO NOT EXCEED
Figure 20-70-8
Publications. A low percentage may indicate a failed pump.
P-48256A
Be sure all connections are tight and that the hoses are
not touching any moving parts before starting the loader
[Figure 20-70-8].
Figure 20-70-9
P-90328
AVOID DEATH
•
File has expired.
Disconnecting or loosening any hydraulic
tubeline, hose, fitting, component or a part failure
can cause lift arms to drop.
2
1
Figure 20-70-10
Lift and block the rear of the loader. (See Procedure on
Page 10-10-1.)
Raise the lift arms and install an approved lift arm support
device. (See Installing on Page 10-20-1.)
P-64547
Figure 20-70-12
Publications.
3
1
P-64343
Figure 20-70-14
Starter
Solenoid
P-59355
S Terminal
Battery Terminal
P-66897
P-59356
Start the loader from the operators cab and run the
engine at low idle for 1 - 2 minutes without operating the
hydraulics.
After operating the engine at low idle, Remove the lift arm
support device and fully raise and lower the loader lift
arms several times or until air is purged from the system.
Avoid running over the relief valve setting at the end
of cylinder stroke.
Parts Identification
15
14
7 5
13
8
5 6
4
12 3
Publications. 11
5
6
10
9
7
3 4 5 6
1 1. Shaft Seal
2 2. Pump Flange Section
3. Pre-Load Seal
4. Load Seal
5. O-ring
6. Wear Plate
7. Pins
8. Drive Gear
9. Idler Gear
10. Auxiliary Pump Section
11. Spline Shaft
12. Pump Center Section
13. Charge Pump Section
14. Pump End Section
15. Bolt (8)
B-21259A
Figure 20-70-17
P-26352
P-64507
1
1 P-64509
1
Remove the pump end section (Item 1) [Figure 20-70-
Publications.
to 54 ft.-lb. (73,2 N•m) torque.
IMPORTANT
When repairing hydrostatic and hydraulic systems,
clean the work area before disassembly and keep all
parts clean. Always use caps and plugs on hoses,
tubelines and ports to keep dirt out. Dirt can quickly
damage the system.
I-2003-0888
Figure 20-70-19 1
P-64511
2
Figure 20-70-22
1
Figure 20-70-20
Publications.
1
P-64512
Remove the wear plate (Item 1) and section seal (Item 2) NOTE: Inspect the pump section (Item 1) [Figure 20-
[Figure 20-70-19] and [Figure 20-70-20] from the pump 70-22]. If excessive wear or damage is visible,
end section. the pump must be replaced.
Figure 20-70-23
P-64515
Figure 20-70-26
Figure 20-70-24
1
Publications.
P-64516
Figure 20-70-27
1
P-64519
1
2 Figure 20-70-30
2
Figure 20-70-28
1
P-64520
Remove the wear plate (Item 1) and O-ring (Item 2) Remove the pre-load seal (Item 2) [Figure 20-70-30].
[Figure 20-70-27] and [Figure 20-70-28] from the pump
center section. Inspect for damage and replace as
needed.
Figure 20-70-31
2
1
1
P-64526
Figure 20-70-34
Figure 20-70-35
1
P-64530
1
Remove the drive gear (Item 1) [Figure 20-70-37] from
Figure 20-70-38
Figure 20-70-36
Publications.
1
P-64531
P-64529
Figure 20-70-39
2
P-64535
Figure 20-70-42
Publications. 1
2
P-64536
Figure 20-70-43
3
2
1
P-64540
Publications. 1
2
2
1 P-30188A
P-64538
Remove the pre-load seal (Item 2) [Figure 20-70-44]. Remove the shaft seal (Item 1) [Figure 20-70-46] from
the pump flange section.
Publications.
MEL10003 - In-Line Hydraulic Tester
MEL10006 - Flow Meter Fitting Kit
The GPM should drop off slightly until the pressure
reaches approximately 2800 PSI. At approximately 2800
PSI the flow should start decreasing rapidly until the
pressure reaches 3250 - 3300 PSI. At 3250 - 3300 PSI
Figure 20-71-1 the flow should be at 0 GPM. Turn the restrictor (Item 2)
[Figure 20-71-1] counterclockwise to free flow. Shut the
2 front auxiliary hydraulics off.
P-16903 P-66894
WARNING 1
P-68163
Put jackstands under the front axles and rear corners
of the frame before running the engine for service.
Failure to use jackstands can allow the machine to Disconnect the OUTLET hose (Item 1) [Figure 20-71-2]
Lift and block the loader. (See Procedure on Page 10-10- Figure 20-71-3
1.)
Publications.
WARNING 2 1
Raise the operator cab. (See Raising on Page 10-30-1.) Connect the INLET hose (Item 1) [Figure 20-71-3] from
the tester to the OUTLET hose (Item 1) [Figure 20-71-2]
Open the rear door of the loader. of the pump. Connect the OUTLET hose (Item 2) [Figure
20-71-3] from the tester to the tubeline (Item 2) [Figure
Connect the remote start tool. (See REMOTE START 20-71-2] on the control valve.
TOOL KIT-MEL1563 on Page 10-60-1.)
Figure 20-71-4
EXAMPLE: TESTER
CONNECTION
Reservoir
Hydraulic Pump
Out In
Publications.
Start the engine and run at low idle RPM. Make sure the
tester is connected correctly. If no flow is indicated on the
tester, the hoses are connected wrong. With the hoses
connected correctly, increase the engine speed to full
RPM*.
WARNING
P-69182
Put jackstands under the front axles and rear corners
of the frame before running the engine for service.
Failure to use jackstands can allow the machine to Disconnect the proportioning valve electrical connector
Publications.
WARNING
Never work on a machine with the lift arms up unless
the lift arms are secured by an approved lift arm 1
support device. Failure to use an approved lift arm
support device can allow the lift arms or attachment
to fall and cause injury or death.
W-2059-0598
P-69184
NOTE: The fluid from the charge pump must be
filtered after it passes through the Hydraulic
Tester, to prevent any contamination to the Disconnect the filter inlet hose (Item 1)[Figure 20-71-6].
Hydrostatic Pumps.
Figure 20-71-7
IMPORTANT
The hydraulic tester must be in the fully open
4 3 position before you start the engine.
I-2024-0284
Start the engine and run at low idle RPM. Make sure the
tester is connected correctly. If no flow is indicated on the
tester, the hoses are connected wrong. With the hoses
connected correctly, increase the engine speed to full
RPM*.
Connect the filter inlet hose (Item 1) to the inlet side of Turn the restrictor down to system operating pressure
the tester (Item 2) [Figure 20-71-7]. approximately 1000 PSI (69 bar). DO NOT EXCEED
Figure 20-71-8
Publications. A low percentage may indicate a failed pump.
P-48256A
Be sure all connections are tight and that the hoses are
not touching any moving parts before starting the loader
[Figure 20-71-8].
1
WARNING
Put jackstands under the front axles and rear corners
of the frame before running the engine for service.
Failure to use jackstands can allow the machine to
fall or move and cause injury or death.
W-2017-0286
P-48463
Raise the lift arms and install an approved lift arm support
support device. Failure to use an approved lift arm
device. (See Installing on Page 10-20-1.)
support device can allow the lift arms or attachment
to fall and cause injury or death.
Hydraulic Pump
Out In
High Flow Valve
1 1
B-16277
Lower the cab. *Refer to Hydraulic Schematics Legend for system relief
pressure and full RPM.
DANGER
P-64545
P-90328
Publications.
Lift and block the rear of the loader. (See Procedure on
Page 10-10-1.)
2
P-64546
Raise the operator cab. (See Raising on Page 10-30-1.)
Drain the hydraulic fluid from the reservoir. (See Disconnect and cap the outlet hoses (Item 1) [Figure 20-
Removing And Replacing Hydraulic Fluid on Page 10- 71-13] and [Figure 20-71-14] from the back of the
120-2.) hydraulic pump.
Open the rear door of the loader. Remove the Power Bob-Tach block (Item 2) [Figure 20-
71-14] if equipped. (See Removal And Installation on
Page 20-130-1.)
WARNING
Never work on a machine with the lift arms up unless
the lift arms are secured by an approved lift arm
support device. Failure to use an approved lift arm
support device can allow the lift arms or attachment
to fall and cause injury or death.
W-2059-0598
Figure 20-71-15
3
1
1
2
1 P-64343
File has expired. P-64544 pump mounting bracket (Item 2) [Figure 20-71-17].
Publications. 17].
P-64549
P-64446
Figure 20-71-19
Starter
Solenoid
P-59355
S Terminal
Battery Terminal
P-66897
P-59356
Start the loader from the operators cab and run the
engine at low idle for 1 - 2 minutes without operating the
hydraulics.
After operating the engine at low idle, Remove the lift arm
support device and fully raise and lower the loader lift
arms several times or until air is purged from the system.
Avoid running over the relief valve setting at the end
of cylinder stroke.
Parts Identification
17
16
8 4
12 15 2
7
14 3 4 5
7
8 13 6 5
12
3 4
5
6
Publications. 6 5 11
6 9
5 10
1 3 4
1. Shaft Seal
2. Pump Flange Section
2
3. Pre-Load Seal
4. Load Seal
5. O-ring
6. Valve Plate
7. Pin
8. Drive Gear
9. Idler Gear
10. Auxiliary Pump Section
11. Auxiliary Center Section
12. Splined Shaft
13. Charge Pump Section
14. Charge Center Section
15. High Flow Pump Section
16. High Flow End Section
17. Bolt
B-18248
Figure 20-71-22
1
P-64553
P-64554
1
1
Remove the high flow end section (Item 1) [Figure 20-
Publications.
to 54 ft.-lb. (73,2 N•m) torque.
IMPORTANT
When repairing hydrostatic and hydraulic systems,
clean the work area before disassembly and keep all
parts clean. Always use caps and plugs on hoses,
tubelines and ports to keep dirt out. Dirt can quickly
damage the system.
I-2003-0888
Figure 20-71-24 1
P-64556
2
Figure 20-71-27
1
Figure 20-71-25
2
Remove the high flow pump section (Item 1) [Figure 20-
P-64555 71-26] and [Figure 20-71-27] from the charge center
section.
Remove the wear plate (Item 1) and O-ring (Item 2) NOTE: Inspect the high flow pump section (Item 1)
[Figure 20-71-24] and [Figure 20-71-25] from the high [Figure 20-71-27]. If excessive wear or
flow end section. damage is visible, the pump must be
replaced.
NOTE: Position wear plate (Item 1) [Figure 20-71-25]
inlets and traps as shown with bronze side
toward gears.
Figure 20-71-28
P-64560
Figure 20-71-31
Figure 20-71-29
1
Publications.
P-64561
Figure 20-71-32
P-64564
2
Figure 20-71-35
2
Figure 20-71-33
1
P-64565
Remove the wear plate (Item 1) and O-ring (Item 2) Remove the pre-load seal (Item 2) [Figure 20-71-35].
[Figure 20-71-32] and [Figure 20-71-33] from the
charge center section. Inspect for damage and replace
as needed.
Figure 20-71-36 2
3
1
1
P-64569
Figure 20-71-39
Figure 20-71-40
1 1
P-64574
Figure 20-71-43
Figure 20-71-41
P-64575
P-64573
Figure 20-71-44
1 2
2
P-64578
Figure 20-71-47
Figure 20-71-45 2
1
Publications.
P-64579
1
Remove the wear plate (Item 1) and O-ring (Item 2)
[Figure 20-71-46] and [Figure 20-71-47] from the
auxiliary center section. Inspect for damage and replace
as needed.
Figure 20-71-48
1
1
P-64521
Publications.
1
P-64520
Remove the pre-load seal (Item 2) [Figure 20-71-49]. Remove the auxiliary center section (Item 1) [Figure 20-
71-51].
Figure 20-71-52
P-64528
1
Figure 20-71-55
Figure 20-71-53
Publications.
1
P-64529
Remove the wear plate (Item 1) and O-ring (Item 2) NOTE: Inspect the auxiliary pump section (Item 1)
[Figure 20-71-52] and [Figure 20-71-53] from the [Figure 20-71-55]. If excessive wear or
auxiliary center section. Inspect for damage and replace damage is visible, the pump must be
as needed. replaced.
Figure 20-71-56
1
1
P-64532
P-64534
P-64531
Remove the idler gear (Item 1) [Figure 20-71-59] from
the pump flange section.
NOTE: Inspect the drive gear (Item 1) [Figure 20-71-
57]. If excessive wear or damage is visible, the NOTE: Inspect the idler gear (Item 1) [Figure 20-71-
pump must be replaced. 59]. If excessive wear or damage is visible, the
pump must be replaced.
Figure 20-71-60
P-64537
Figure 20-71-63
Figure 20-71-61
Publications. 1
1 P-64538
Remove the wear plate (Item 1) and section seal (Item 2) Remove the pre-load seal (Item 2) [Figure 20-71-63].
[Figure 20-71-60] and [Figure 20-71-61] from the pump
flange section. Inspect for damage and replace as
needed.
Figure 20-71-64
3
2
Publications.
Figure 20-71-65
2
P-30188A
P-64541
IMPORTANT
Disconnect the temperature sender connector (Item 1)
When repairing hydrostatic and hydraulic systems, [Figure 20-80-2] from the filter housing.
clean the work area before disassembly and keep all
Publications.
Housing Removal And Installation
Figure 20-80-1
2
P-68234
Figure 20-80-3
P-48258
Figure 20-80-5 2
2 1
2
1 P-68127
Figure 20-80-8
Publications.
2
1
P-66884
P-66609
Description
IMPORTANT
The hydraulic fluid reservoir is a storage container for the
loaders hydraulic/hydrostatic fluid. The reservoir contains When repairing hydrostatic and hydraulic systems,
a vented fill cap with a fluid screen to prevent clean the work area before disassembly and keep all
contaminants from entering the reservoir while adding parts clean. Always use caps and plugs on hoses,
fluid. tubelines and ports to keep dirt out. Dirt can quickly
damage the system.
The hydraulic fluid reservoir is located below the I-2003-0888
operators cab on the left side of the loader.
Stop the engine.
Removal And Installation
Raise the operator cab. (See Raising on Page 10-30-1.)
Lift and block the loader. (See Procedure on Page 10-10-
1.) Remove the fluid from the hydraulic reservoir.
Start the engine. Raise the lift arms and install an Remove the control panel. (See Removal And Installation
DANGER
Use updated files from Bobcat Linkage Removal And Installation on Page 50-90-2.)
Figure 20-90-1
Publications.
2
P-90328
AVOID DEATH
• Disconnecting or loosening any hydraulic
tubeline, hose, fitting, component or a part failure
can cause lift arms to drop.
• Keep out of this area when lift arms are raised
unless supported by an approved lift arm
1
support. Replace if damaged.
P-34113
D-1009-0409
Figure 20-90-2
1 3
1 2
2 P-68132
Publications.
2
2
1
1
P-68131
P-66831
Figure 20-90-6
2
P-34044
Figure 20-90-7
Publications.
1
1
2
P-34052
Figure 20-90-10
Figure 20-90-11
Publications.
1
P-68129
Description
N-19346
Publications.
Figure 20-100-1
P-45242
1
2 Slide the rubber sleeve in toward the radiator. The
connector will release [Figure 20-100-2] and [Figure 20-
100-3].
N-19345
Figure 20-100-4
1
2
1
Disconnect the inlet and outlet hoses (Item 1) from the oil
cooler (Item 2) [Figure 20-100-4].
Publications.
Lift up the oil cooler and remove the cooler from the
loader.
Description
Figure 20-110-1
Remove the solenoid nut (Item 1) [Figure 20-110-2].
File has expired. Installation: Tighten the solenoid nut to 4 - 6 ft.-lb. max.
(5 - 8 N•m max.) torque. Overtightening may cause valve
failure.
Publications.
P-68162
Figure 20-110-4
1
2
P9175
Figure 20-110-7
P-90328
AVOID DEATH
2
•
File has expired.
Disconnecting or loosening any hydraulic
tubeline, hose, fitting, component or a part failure
can cause lift arms to drop.
• Keep out of this area when lift arms are raised
unless supported by an approved lift arm
support. Replace if damaged.
WARNING
Publications. Figure 20-110-8
Figure 20-110-6
P-26312A
Figure 20-110-9
N-19069
Disconnect the tubeline (Item 1) [Figure 20-110-9] from Installation: Tighten the solenoid nut to maximum 6 ft.-
the fitting under the solenoid on the bucket position valve. lb. max. (8 N•m max.) torque.
3 P-68157 N-19070
Remove the tubeline (Item 1) [Figure 20-110-10] from Remove the solenoid (Item 1) and the solenoid stem
the B port to the control valve. (Item 2) [Figure 20-110-12].
Disconnect the tubeline (Item 2) [Figure 20-110-10] from
Installation: Put oil on O-rings and back-up washers and
the C port (tilt rod end) on the BPV.
tighten the solenoid stem to 30 - 40 ft.-lb. (40,7 - 50,2
Disconnect the tubeline (Item 3) [Figure 20-110-10] from N•m) torque.
the D port (tilt base end) on the BPV.
Figure 20-110-13
N-18339
1 Remove the plug (Item 1), and flow control spool (Item 2)
Publications.
are installed into the valve. Inspect the parts
for wear or damage and replace as needed.
Figure 20-110-14
3
N-19042
Figure 20-110-17
Publications.
3
N-19046
Description
Solenoid Testing
P9137
Replace the test meter with 12 volt power. You can see
and hear the spool shift.
Figure 20-120-2
P-90328
AVOID DEATH
•
File has expired.
Disconnecting or loosening any hydraulic
tubeline, hose, fitting, component or a part failure
can cause lift arms to drop.
1
• Keep out of this area when lift arms are raised
unless supported by an approved lift arm
support. Replace if damaged.
WARNING
Publications. The rear auxiliary valve (Item 1) [Figure 20-120-2] is
located between the control valve and the gear pump on
Never work on a machine with the lift arms up unless the right side of the loader.
the lift arms are secured by an approved lift arm
support device. Failure to use an approved lift arm
support device can allow the lift arms or attachment
to fall and cause injury or death.
W-2059-0598 IMPORTANT
When repairing hydrostatic and hydraulic systems,
clean the work area before disassembly and keep all
WARNING parts clean. Always use caps and plugs on hoses,
tubelines and ports to keep dirt out. Dirt can quickly
damage the system.
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH I-2003-0888
Always clean up spilled fuel or oil. Keep heat, flames,
sparks or lighted tobacco away from fuel and oil.
Failure to use care around combustibles can cause
explosion or fire.
W-2103-0508
Raise the lift arms and install an approved lift arm support
device. (See Installing on Page 10-20-1.)
Figure 20-120-3
1
1
P-48300
File has expired. P-48302 20-120-5] from the rear auxiliary valve.
Figure 20-120-6
Disconnect the base and rod end tubelines (Item 1)
[Figure 20-120-3].
Publications. 1
P-48304
P-48872
Figure 20-120-7
1
P-48869
Figure 20-120-10
Disconnect and remove the drain tubeline (Item 1)
[Figure 20-120-7] from the rear auxiliary valve.
2
P-48870
1
Remove the rear auxiliary valve (Item 1) [Figure 20-120-
P-48305 10] by moving the valve to the rear access hole which
allows enough room for the valve to be removed from the
loader.
Disconnect the pump outlet hose (Item 1) [Figure 20-
120-8] from the rear auxiliary valve. The valve needs to be tilted as shown in [Figure 20-120-
10] for it to be removed through the hole.
Disconnect the tubeline (Item 2) [Figure 20-120-8] from
the bottom of the control valve and the rear auxiliary
valve.
IMPORTANT
When repairing hydrostatic and hydraulic systems,
clean the work area before disassembly and keep all
parts clean. Always use caps and plugs on hoses, 1
tubelines and ports to keep dirt out. Dirt can quickly
damage the system.
I-2003-0888 1
P-76791
Clean the diverter valve to remove dirt before
disassembly. Valve ports are labeled for correct
assembly. There are 11 #4 SAE hex head plugs (Item 1) [Figure 20-
Figure 20-120-11 File has expired. 120-12] located on all sides of the diverter valve and can
be removed for clean out purposes.
1
P-76747
Figure 20-120-14
1
1
P-76789A
Publications. 2
1
1 1
2 P-48757
1 P-76794
Publications.
1
2
2
1
P-48754 P-76796
Inspect the O-rings (Item 1) and back-up washer (Item 2) Remove the metal shields (Item 1) and solenoid valve
[Figure 20-120-19] for damage. coils (Item 2) [Figure 20-120-21].
Figure 20-120-22
1
P-48761
Figure 20-120-23
Figure 20-120-25
Publications.
1
1
P-48762
2 P-48764
Figure 20-120-26
1 1
P-48752
2
Inspect the O-rings (Item 1) and back-up washer (Item 2) Figure 20-120-29
[Figure 20-120-26].
1
P-48766
Remove the #8 SAE hex head plug (Item 1) [Figure 20- Assembly: Tighten the orifice to 22 ft.-lb. (29,8 N•m)
120-27]. torque.
1
2
P-76798
Publications.
1
P-48752
P-48786
Description
File has
WARNING expired. 1
Publications. Lift and block the loader. (See Procedure Page 10-10-1.)
DANGER Raise the lift arms and install an approved lift arm
support device. (See Installing Page 10-20-1.)
Figure 20-130-2
P-48227
P-48226
Figure 20-130-5
1 3
2
2
1
P-48120
Remove the spring guide (Item 1), spring (Item 2) and the
Figure 20-130-8
1
1
P-48122
Publications.
1
2
1
P-48384
3
Inspect the check valve (Item 1) and piston assembly Assembly: Tighten the plug (Item 1) [Figure 20-130-11]
(Item 2) [Figure 20-130-9]. to 12 - 14 ft.-lb. (16,3 - 19 N•m) torque.
Figure 20-130-12 2
2
1
P-48106A
Publications.
Figure 20-130-13
1
2 P-48386
Figure 20-130-16
1
P-48174
1
2 2
1 1
P-48138
P-48173
IMPORTANT P-34661
Publications.2
4
5 3
1
3 P-34760
1
2
P-34665
Figure 20-140-7
Publications. 1
P-34664
Description WARNING
The high flow valve is an optional valve with a 12 volt
solenoid that diverts flow from a dedicated high flow Put jackstands under the front axles and rear corners
section on the gear pump. of the frame before running the engine for service.
Failure to use jackstands can allow the machine to
The valve is in plumbed in series with the female coupler fall or move and cause injury or death.
side on the front auxiliary circuit. W-2017-0286
Figure 20-150-1
1
2
Use updated files from Bobcat Start the engine and run at low idle RPM.
P-34480
Publications.
The tools listed will be needed to do the following
Press the HIGH FLOW button (Item 1) [Figure 20-150-
2].
IMPORTANT
The hydraulic tester must be in the fully open
position before you start the engine.
I-2024-0284
High Flow Relief Valve Testing (Cont’d) NOTE: The high flow relief valve is located between
the control valve and the hydraulic reservoir.
Figure 20-150-3
Figure 20-150-4
Right
Steering
Lever
Control
1
File has expired.
P-31833
P-48231
Publications.
sure the flow is correct. Increase the engine speed to full
RPM.
If the specs from above are reached, the high flow relief
valve is OK.
Figure 20-150-5
P9175
Publications.
and recheck the high flow relief valve. (1/4 turn equals
approximately 200 PSI.)
Figure 20-150-7
2 2
1
1
P-48236
1
Disconnect the electrical connector (Item 1) [Figure 20-
Figure 20-150-9
Scribe a mark across the top of the steering linkage bars
(Item 1) [Figure 20-150-7] which are connected to the
Publications.
Installation: Align the marks on the steering linkage
bars. Tighten the steering linkage mounting bolts to 25 -
28 ft.-lb. (34 - 38 N•m) torque.
P-48238
When repairing hydrostatic and hydraulic systems, Disconnect and cap the hose (Item 1) [Figure 20-150-9]
clean the work area before disassembly and keep all from the pump outlet to the high flow valve.
parts clean. Always use caps and plugs on hoses,
tubelines and ports to keep dirt out. Dirt can quickly Disconnect and cap the hose (Item 2) [Figure 20-150-9]
damage the system. from the high flow valve to the pump inlet.
I-2003-0888
Figure 20-150-10
2 1
1
2
P-48108
Publications.
(34 - 38 N•m) torque.
P-48109
Figure 20-150-13
2 2
P-48112
1 Inspect the relief valve and replace the two O-rings (Item
Figure 20-150-16
Inspect O-rings (Item 1) and back-up washer (Item 2) on
the solenoid stem [Figure 20-150-13].
Figure 20-150-14
Publications. 1
1
P-45469
Figure 20-150-17
P-48114
Troubleshooting WARNING
The following troubleshooting chart is provided for
assistance in locating and correcting problems which are Check for correct function after adjustments, repairs
most common. Many of the recommended procedures or service. Failure to make correct repairs or
must be done by authorized Bobcat service personnel adjustments can cause injury or death.
only. W-2004-1285
PROBLEM CAUSE
No drive on one side, in one direction. 1, 2
Description
Description
WARNING
P-68211 AVOID INJURY OR DEATH
Always clean up spilled fuel or oil. Keep heat, flames,
sparks or lighted tobacco away from fuel and oil.
Failure to use care around combustibles can cause
explosion or fire.
W-2103-0508
Figure 30-20-2 Remove the two hoses (Item 1) [Figure 30-20-3] from
the hydrostatic motor.
Figure 30-20-4
1
Figure 30-20-3
2
1
P-68208
Figure 30-20-5
1
2
Parts Identification
16
14
20 3
15
14
19 14
16 18
3 13
18
19
17 3 5
12
10
5
9
Publications. 6 3
3
5
4
2
1
PE2620T
Ref.Description Ref.Description
1.SHAFT, drive 11.GEROLER®
2.SEAL, face 12.PLATE, valve
3.O-RING 13.END CAP
4.FLANGE, mounting 14.POPPET
5.SEAL, square cut 15.SPRING
6.RING, back-up 16.PLUG
7.SPRING, belleville 17.BOLT
8.PLATE, outer balance 18.SLEEVE
9.PLATE, inner balance 19.SPRING
10.BALL 20.VALVE, shuttle
IMPORTANT
When repairing hydrostatic and hydraulic systems,
clean the work area before disassembly and keep all
parts clean. Always use caps and plugs on hoses,
tubelines and ports to keep dirt out. Dirt can quickly
damage the system.
I-2003-0888
P-68211
Figure 30-20-6
Figure 30-20-8
3
8
Publications. P-64267
2
1
7
Drain the oil from the motor. 4
Seal all open ports and clean the motor with solvent.
P-68211
Figure 30-20-9
3
1
2
1
P-63785
Figure 30-20-10
Figure 30-20-12
Publications. 1
2
1
P-68213
P-68212
P-64274
Publications.
Figure 30-20-14
hydrostatic motor.
2 3
P-39898
Disassembly And Assembly (Cont’d) Assembly: Apply grease to seals. Note location of case
drain hole (Item 4) [Figure 30-20-17]. Align hole with
Figure 30-20-16 other sections on hydrostatic motor.
Publications.
NOTE: Care should be taken to keep the Geroler®
assembly together.
Figure 30-20-17
1
4
2
3
P-64268
1
P-64272
Figure 30-20-19
Publications.
1
1
P-64273
1
Description
Removal And Installation (Left Side) Remove the control panel. (See CONTROL PANEL on
Page 50-100-1.) or (See CONTROL PANEL (SJC) on
Page 50-101-1.)
DANGER Remove the linkage on foot control loaders. (See
Linkage Removal And Installation on Page 50-90-2.)
Figure 30-21-1
P-90328
AVOID DEATH
• Disconnecting or loosening any hydraulic
•
File has expired.
tubeline, hose, fitting, component or a part failure
can cause lift arms to drop.
Keep out of this area when lift arms are raised 1 1
unless supported by an approved lift arm
support. Replace if damaged.
IMPORTANT
When repairing hydrostatic and hydraulic systems,
clean the work area before disassembly and keep all
parts clean. Always use caps and plugs on hoses,
tubelines and ports to keep dirt out. Dirt can quickly
damage the system. 1
I-2003-0888
Lift and block the loader. (See Procedure on Page 10-10- P-73665
1.)
Raise the lift arms and install an approved lift arm Loosen the bolts (Item 1) [Figure 30-21-2] holding the
support device. (See Installing on Page 10-20-1.) lower motor bolt access panel and swing the panel open.
The panel is located under the loader frame directly
Raise the operator cab. (See Raising on Page 10-30-1.) below the motor.
P-73664
Publications.
21-3] from the motor.
Figure 30-21-4
P-76146
Figure 30-21-7
1
2
Figure 30-21-8
Publications.
1
CORRECT WRONG
P-73542
Figure 30-21-1
P-90328
AVOID DEATH
•
File has expired.
Disconnecting or loosening any hydraulic
tubeline, hose, fitting, component or a part failure
can cause lift arms to drop.
• Keep out of this area when lift arms are raised 1 1
unless supported by an approved lift arm
Publications.
WARNING P-45492
IMPORTANT
When repairing hydrostatic and hydraulic systems,
clean the work area before disassembly and keep all
parts clean. Always use caps and plugs on hoses,
tubelines and ports to keep dirt out. Dirt can quickly
damage the system. 1
I-2003-0888
Lift and block the loader. (See Procedure on Page 10-10- P-73665
1.)
Raise the lift arms and install an approved lift arm Loosen the bolts (Item 1) [Figure 30-21-2] holding the
support device. (See Installing on Page 10-20-1.) lower motor bolt access panel and swing the panel open.
The panel is located under the loader frame directly
below the motor.
P-76127
2
Mark the hoses and tubeline for correct installation. Disconnect the shift pressure tubeline (Item 2) [Figure
Figure 30-21-4
Publications. 1
P-73664
CORRECT WRONG
P-73542
Publications.
Remove the motor from the access hole in the loader
frame.
Figure 30-21-8
1
2
P-82716
Parts Identification
Ref. Description
1. Shaft Seal 10
2. Mounting Flange 11
12 15
3. O-ring 13 14
4. Main Drive
5. Geroler® 16
6. O-ring
7. Valve Drive
8. Selector Plate
9. Gasket 17
9 18
10. Plug
11. Compression Spring
12. Compression Spring 8
13. Control Spool
14. Plug
15.
16.
17.
Cap Screw
Spool Housing
Plug
File has expired. 6
7
18. O-ring
19. Valve 5
20. Outer Balance Ring
26. O-ring 2
27.
28.
29.
Dowel Pin
Plug Publications.
Compression Spring
30. Plug
31. Valve Housing 33
32. Shuttle Valve Assembly
33. 12 Point Screw 28
34. Plug 32
35. Plug 31
36. Ball Seat
37. Ball
1
32
28
34
35
27
25 37 36
24 29
23
20 21 26 30
19
22
MS2315SA
1
2
P-73524
Figure 30-21-11
Figure 30-21-13
Publications.
1
1
P-73529
P-73525
Disassembly (Cont'd)
1
Figure 30-21-14
P-73532
Figure 30-21-17
Publications.
1
P-73534
Disassembly (Cont'd)
Figure 30-21-18
P-73539
Figure 30-21-21
Publications. 1
P-73538
Disassembly (Cont'd)
Figure 30-21-22
1
1
P-76390
Figure 30-21-25
Publications.
1
P-76389
1
Remove O-ring (Item 1) [Figure 30-21-25] on plug.
P-76389
Disassembly (Cont'd)
Figure 30-21-26
1
2
1 P-76395
Figure 30-21-29
Publications.
Figure 30-21-27
P-76389
P-76394A
Disassembly (Cont'd)
Figure 30-21-30
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1 P-76400
Figure 30-21-33
Publications. 1
P-73526
1
Remove the valve (Item 1) [Figure 30-21-33] and inspect
for wear.
P-76389
Disassembly (Cont'd)
Figure 30-21-34
2
1
P-73528
1
1
2
Publications.
P-73540
P-73543
Remove the main drive (Item 1) [Figure 30-21-37] and
inspect for wear.
Remove the valve drive (Item 1) [Figure 30-21-35] and
inspect for wear. Remove and discard the O-ring (Item 2) [Figure 30-21-
37].
Disassembly (Cont'd)
Figure 30-21-38
1
1
P-73549
P-73550
P-73547
Disassembly (Cont'd)
Figure 30-21-42
P-73552
Figure 30-21-45
Inspect springs for wear and deformation [Figure 30-21-
42].
Publications. 1
P-73550A
Disassembly (Cont'd)
Figure 30-21-46
P-76389
1
Remove O-ring (Item 1) 23 on plug.
P-76438
Assembly
Figure 30-21-49
P-76389
1
File has expired. Figure 30-21-52
Publications.
Figure 30-21-50 1
1
P-73550A
P-76438
Assembly (Cont’d)
Figure 30-21-53
P-73549
1
Publications.
P-73550
Assembly (Cont'd)
Figure 30-21-56
P-73774
Figure 30-21-58
Publications.
Loctite® on the screw threads [Figure 30-21-56].
Assembly (Cont'd)
2 1
Figure 30-21-59
10 4 1 6 7
3
P-73528
Figure 30-21-62
assembly. Publications.
installation. Let the Loctite® cure for six hours after
4
Figure 30-21-60
2
1
2
3
1
P-73544
Install the main drive (Item 1) [Figure 30-21-60]. Ensure Install the valve drive (Item 2) [Figure 30-21-62] in the
it is supported from beneath until assembly is complete. Geroler®.
Lubricate and install the new O-ring (Item 2) [Figure 30- Mark the spline (Item 3) in the Geroler® star that is 11.25
21-60]. degrees counter-clockwise. Mark the corresponding
tooth (Item 4) on the small end of the valve drive that
NOTE: Two eight inch long steel rods installed in the aligns with the spline mark (Item 3) [Figure 30-21-62].
mounting bolt holes will help align the bolt
holes in each section of the motor during
assembly.
Assembly (Cont’d)
Figure 30-21-63
1
1
P-76389
Figure 30-21-66
P-73527
1
1
1
1 P-76400
3
Assemble the shuttle valve assembly (Item 1) [Figure
2 30-21-66] and insert into the valve housing.
P-73545
Assembly (Cont’d)
Figure 30-21-67
2
1
P-76392
Install the ball (Item 1) and ball seat (Item 2) [Figure 30-
1
File has expired.
P-76397
21-69] into the valve housing.
Install the plugs (Item 1) [Figure 30-21-67] with a light NOTE: To install the ball seat, use a long allen
coat of oil on both sides of the valve housing.
Figure 30-21-68
Figure 30-21-70
Publications.
1
P-76389
P-76394A
Install new O-ring (Item 1) [Figure 30-21-70] on plug.
Assembly (Cont’d)
Figure 30-21-71
1
P-76395
Install the plug (Item 1) [Figure 30-21-71] with a light Figure 30-21-74
coat of oil.
Figure 30-21-72
Publications.
1
P-76389
1
Install new O-ring (Item 1) [Figure 30-21-74] on plug.
P-76389
Assembly (Cont’d)
Figure 30-21-75
1
1
P-73539
Figure 30-21-78
Publications.
P-73536
P-73538
Assembly (Cont’d)
1
Figure 30-21-79
P-73532
Figure 30-21-82
Publications.
P-73531
Assembly (Cont’d)
1
Figure 30-21-83
P-73773
1
Use updated files from Bobcat
Publications.
P-73529
P-73525
Lubricate and install new O-ring (Item 1) [Figure 30-21- Verify correct assembly with the marks that were made
84]. prior to disassembly [Figure 30-21-86].
Assembly (Cont'd)
Figure 30-21-87
2
P-76142
Publications. 5 8
2 3
7 6
4 9
1 MS2317S
Publications.
Single Speed Two-Speed
1 1
P-73920
P-68214
WARNING P-82711
Figure 30-30-5
• When fluids are under pressure.
• Flying debris or loose material is present.
• Engine is running.
Publications.
P-82715
P-82710
Figure 30-30-6
1 2
P-82716
P-82714
Hit the tool with a hammer until the seal is fully seated on
the carrier shaft [Figure 30-30-7].
WARNING 1
Raise the loader lift arms and install an approved lift arm
support device. (See Installing on Page 10-20-1.) Remove the parking brake disc (Item 1) [Figure 30-30-
Figure 30-30-10
Publications.
Remove the engine speed control. (See Removal And
Installation on Page 70-20-1.)
1
Remove the control panel. (See Removal And Installation
on Page 50-100-2.) or (See Removal And Installation on
Page 50-101-1.)
2
Remove the lift arm bypass control valve. (See Removal
And Installation on Page 20-50-1.)
Figure 30-30-11
Publications.
Figure 30-30-12
P-39813
Parts Identification
SINGLE SPEED
1
5
2
6
3
7
8
4
File has expired.
Publications. 6
5
1
2
7
8 3
4
P-76446
P-76445
Ref.Description Ref.Description
1.SHAFT 5.RACE
2.BEARING 6. BEARING
4.HOUSING 8. SEAL
Figure 30-30-13
7.000 in.
Length P-39816
(177,8 mm)
Use 2-1/4 in. driver tool and press the sprocket shaft out
of the motor carrier housing [Figure 30-30-15].
It is necessary to locate or fabricate a press tool for this
Publications.
2
1
P-82709 P-4365
A hydraulic press, slide hammer with puller end and snap Remove the housing from the press and install a bearing
ring pliers are also recommended for this procedure. puller (Item 1) [Figure 30-30-16] on the sprocket shaft.
Remove the motor carrier shaft seal. (See Shaft Seal Put the assembly in the hydraulic press. Use the same
Removal And Installation on Page 30-20-2.) tool driver and remove the bearing (Item 2) [Figure 30-
30-16] from the shaft.
Remove the snap ring (Item 1) [Figure 30-30-14] from
the motor carrier shaft using the snap ring pliers.
Figure 30-30-17
P-39820
Use 4-5/16 in. driver tool and press the new inner bearing
race into the motor carrier housing [Figure 30-30-19].
Fasten the carrier motor housing to the work surface
securely with the inner bearing race (Item 1) [Figure 30-
Publications.
Remove the bearing race from the carrier housing
[Figure 30-30-17].
Figure 30-30-18
P-39819
P-39818 Use 4-5/16 in. driver tool and press the new outer
bearing race into the motor carrier housing [Figure 30-
30-20].
Put the motor carrier housing in the hydraulic press as
shown [Figure 30-30-18]. Press the bearing race in until it is fully seated in the
carrier housing.
Use a 3-7/8 in. driver tool and press the outer bearing
race from the housing.
Figure 30-30-21
Publications.
P-4366
over the sprocket shaft as shown.
Use the fabricated press tool (Item 1) and 3.0 in. driver Put the outer bearing over the end of the sprocket shaft
tool, install the new inner bearing (Item 2) [Figure 30-30- and press the bearing on with the press tool and driver
21] on the sprocket shaft as shown. tool [Figure 30-30-22].
Remove the press and drive tools from the sprocket Remove the press and driver tools from the sprocket
shaft. shaft.
Figure 30-30-23
Put the snap ring (Item 1) [Figure 30-30-23] over the end P-4375
Hit the tool with a hammer until the seal is fully seated on
Publications.
Using the press and driver tools, press the snap ring
(Item 1) [Figure 30-30-23] over the sprocket.
the carrier shaft [Figure 30-30-25].
Figure 30-30-26
Press the snap ring on until it snaps into the groove on
the shaft.
Figure 30-30-24
P-39821
1
Figure 30-30-27
Publications.
Install a dial indicator as shown in Photo [Figure 30-30-
27].
The carrier shaft must turn freely with end play not to
exceed 0.007 in. (0,17 mm).
Description
Single Speed Two-Speed
The hydrostatic motor carrier is the mating connection
from the hydrostatic drive motor to the transmission case.
Publications.
The hydrostatic motor carriers are made to fit on both the
right or left hand side of the loader. There are two sets of
mounting holes on each hydrostatic motor carrier to
fasten the hydrostatic motors. One set for the left hand
1
side and another set for the right hand side of the loader. P-82710
WARNING P-82711
Figure 30-31-5
• When fluids are under pressure.
• Flying debris or loose material is present.
• Engine is running.
Publications.
P-82715
P-82710
Figure 30-31-6
2 1
P-82716
P-82714
Hit the tool with a hammer until the seal is fully seated on
the carrier shaft [Figure 30-31-7].
WARNING 2
Raise the loader lift arms and install an approved lift arm
support device. (See Installing on Page 10-20-1.) Remove the parking brake disc (Item 1) [Figure 30-31-
Figure 30-31-10
Publications.
Remove the engine speed control. (See Removal And
Installation on Page 70-20-1.)
1
Remove the control panel. (See Removal And Installation
on Page 50-100-2.)
Figure 30-31-11
Publications.
Figure 30-31-12
P-39813
Parts Identification
SINGLE SPEED
1
6
2
7 3
4
8
9
5
File has expired.
Publications.
7
6
1
2
8 4 3
9
5
P-76448
P-76447
Ref.Description Ref.Description
1.SHAFT 6.RACE
4.RACE 9.SEAL
5.HOUSING
Figure 30-31-13
7.000”
Length
P-39816
(177,8 mm)
Use 2-1/4 in. driver tool and press the sprocket shaft out
of the motor carrier housing [Figure 30-31-15].
It is necessary to locate or fabricate a press tool for this
procedure. Refer to [Figure 30-31-13] for the correct
Publications.
1
P-82709
P-76462
A hydraulic press, slide hammer with puller end and snap Remove the housing from the press and install a bearing
ring pliers are also recommended for this procedure. puller on the sprocket shaft.
Remove the motor carrier shaft seal. (See Shaft Seal Put the assembly in the hydraulic press. Use the same
Removal And Installation on Page 30-21-2). tool driver and remove the bearing (Item 1) [Figure 30-
31-16] from the shaft.
Remove the snap ring (Item 1) [Figure 30-31-14] from
the motor carrier shaft using the snap ring pliers.
Figure 30-31-17
P-39820
Use 4-5/16 in. driver tool and press the new inner bearing
race into the motor carrier housing [Figure 30-31-19].
Fasten the carrier motor housing to the work surface
securely with the inner bearing race (Item 1) [Figure 30-
Publications.
Remove the bearing race from the carrier housing
[Figure 30-31-17].
Figure 30-31-18
P-39819
P-39818 Use 4-5/16 in. driver tool and press the new outer
bearing race into the motor carrier housing [Figure 30-
31-20].
Put the motor carrier housing in the hydraulic press as
shown [Figure 30-31-18]. Press the bearing race in until it is fully seated in the
carrier housing.
Use a 3-7/8 in. driver tool and press the outer bearing
race from the housing.
Figure 30-31-21
2 1
P-76462
Use the fabricated press tool and 3.0 in. driver tool, install
Publications.
P-76466
Figure 30-31-24
1 P-82708
Put the snap ring (Item 1) [Figure 30-31-25] over the end
Put the outer bearing over the end of the sprocket shaft
and press the bearing on with the press tool and driver
tool [Figure 30-31-24].
P-82707
Figure 30-31-27
P-76467
Publications.
Use MEL1420 Carrier Seal Tool (Item 1) [Figure 30-31-
27] and install the shaft seal.
Hit the tool with a hammer until the seal is fully seated on
the carrier shaft [Figure 30-31-27].
Figure 30-31-28
P-76463
Description
Raise the loader lift arms and install an approved lift arm
support device. (See Installing on Page 10-20-1.)
2 4
1 3 Place the loader on jackstands. (See Procedure on Page
10-10-1.)
Figure 30-40-3
The tools needed to check charge pressure, hydraulic
hose (Item 1), T fitting (P/N 13K-5) (Item 2), Hydraulic
Publications. 1
1
P-66884
3
2
Remove the hydraulic tubeline (Item 1) [Figure 30-40-8]
from the charge pressure sender adapter fitting and the
hydraulic control valve.
P-43197
3 2
Publications.
Tighten the hydraulic fittings.
Connect the remote start tool. (See REMOTE START
NOTE: Inspect the O-ring on the sender and replace
if necessary before installation.
TOOL KIT-MEL1563 on Page 10-60-1.)
Start the loader and run at an idle and allow the hydraulic
fluid to warm to 140° F.
Raise the loader lift arms and install an approved lift arm
support device. (See Installing on Page 10-20-1.)
2 4
1 3 Place the loader on jackstands. (See Procedure on Page
10-10-1.)
Figure 30-40-8
The tools needed to check charge pressure, hydraulic
hose (Item 1), T fitting (P/N 13K-5) (Item 2), Hydraulic
Publications. 1
P-76947
3
2
Disconnect the hydraulic hose (Item 1) [Figure 30-40-8].
P-43197
2
2
Publications.
Tighten the hydraulic fittings. NOTE: Inspect the O-ring on the sender and replace
if necessary before installation.
Connect the remote start tool. (See Remote Start Tool -
MEL1563 on Page 10-60-1.)
Start the loader and run at an idle and allow the hydraulic
fluid to warm to 140° F.
Adjusting
IMPORTANT
When repairing hydrostatic and hydraulic systems,
clean the work area before disassembly and keep all
parts clean. Always use caps and plugs on hoses,
tubelines and ports to keep dirt out. Dirt can quickly
damage the system.
N-17231
I-2003-0888
Figure 30-40-11 Remove the plug, spring and poppet [Figure 30-40-12].
1 File has expired. Check the poppet and spring for wear or damage.
Adjusting (Cont’d)
SJC Machines
IMPORTANT
When repairing hydrostatic and hydraulic systems, 1
clean the work area before disassembly and keep all
parts clean. Always use caps and plugs on hoses,
tubelines and ports to keep dirt out. Dirt can quickly
damage the system.
P-64435
I-2003-0888
Figure 30-40-14 Check the poppet and spring for wear or damage.
File has expired. Inspect the seat inside the hydrostatic pump case for
wear or damage.
Description
1
The hydrostatic pump is composed of two hydrostatic
piston pumps connected together. The pumps provide bi-
directional flow to two separate hydrostatic drive motors.
The pump flow and direction are controlled by two hand
levers, one for each pump.
The hydrostatic pump contains the charge pressure Remove the replenishing/high pressure relief valve (Item
Figure 30-50-1
Check the O-ring (Item 2) [Figure 30-50-2] for damage
and replace as needed.
Publications. 1
If the replenishing/high pressure relief valve must be
replaced, it must be replaced as a complete unit.
N-19565
NOTE: The two top valves are for the reverse drive
loop and the two bottom valves are for the
forward drive loop.
IMPORTANT
When repairing hydrostatic and hydraulic systems,
clean the work area before disassembly and keep all
2
parts clean. Always use caps and plugs on hoses,
tubelines and ports to keep dirt out. Dirt can quickly
damage the system.
I-2003-0888
P-34567B
Remove the engine/hydrostatic pump assembly from the
loader. (See Engine Removal And Installation on Page
70-10-9.) Loosen the drive belt tensioner (Item 1) [Figure 30-50-4]
Figure 30-50-3
Use updated files from Bobcat Figure 30-50-5
Publications.
1 P-34567A
P-34568
Removal And Installation (Cont’d) Follow the hydraulic pump start up procedure. (See
Hydraulic Pump Start Up on Page 20-60-8.)
Figure 30-50-6
WARNING
1
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH
Always clean up spilled fuel or oil. Keep heat, flames,
sparks or lighted tobacco away from fuel and oil.
Failure to use care around combustibles can cause
explosion or fire.
W-2103-0508
Publications.
1
P-28850
Ref. Description
1
11
4 1. Snap Ring
10 1 2. Washer
5 2 3. Seal
8 3
4. Bearing
3 4 7 1
5. Key
9 1 6. Shaft
26
6 7. Housing
9 8. Plug
9. O-ring
9 10. Cover
10
11. Bolt
12. Pin
12 4 13. Swash Plate
9
8
File has expired. 11
14.
15.
16.
Wear Plate
Piston Assembly
Piston Retainer
17. Retainer
14 18. Block
Publications. 2
17
12
17
15 24.
25.
Replenishing/High
Pressure Relief Valve
Coupler
2 26. Dust Seal
20
18
19
8
17
9
12
23
19
22 21
24
42
9 9
8
12 4
9
25 9
9 12
24
9
11 D-2428C
Ref. Description
1. Bolt
2. End Cap
3. Plug 3
4. O-ring 4
5
5. Replenishing/High 3
Pressure Relief Valve 4
6. Gasket 2
7. Bearing 1
1
8. Pin
4
9. Valve Plate
10. Washer 5
6
11. Spring
12. Block
13.
14.
15.
Retainer
Piston Assembly
Wear Plate
File has expired. 7 4
3 9
16. Swash Plate
17. Housing 10
10
23.
Publications.
Piston Retainer
23
8
12
15
13
14
22 1
16 3
4
4
7 17
8
19
18
7
4
19
21 4
21
4 20 3
1
7
21
D-2427B
Disassembly
1
Figure 30-50-8
1 1
N-17193
N-19551
Disassembly (Cont'd)
1
Figure 30-50-11
2
1
N-17198
Figure 30-50-12
1
Publications.
1
N-17199
Disassembly (Cont'd)
Figure 30-50-15
1
3 3
2
3 3 2 1
3
N-17481
Check the ball guide retainer (Item 1) and washer (Item Figure 30-50-18
2) for wear and replace as needed [Figure 30-50-15].
Publications.
Check pins (Item 3) [Figure 30-50-15] to see if they are
all the same length.
Figure 30-50-16
N-17239
N-17201
Disassembly (Cont'd)
Figure 30-50-19 1
1
N-17242
Figure 30-50-22
Remove the snap ring (Item 1) [Figure 30-50-19] from
the pump housing and remove the driveshaft and bearing
Publications.
1 1
N-17243
1
Remove the four mount bolts (Item 1) [Figure 30-50-22]
from the lower trunnion cover. Remove the cover.
N-17241
Disassembly (Cont'd)
Figure 30-50-23
2
2
1 1
1 N-17246
Remove the O-ring (Item 1) and bearing race (Item 2) Figure 30-50-26
from the pump housing [Figure 30-50-23].
1
2
N-17247
Disassembly (Cont'd)
Figure 30-50-27
1 N-17249
Figure 30-50-30
Inspect the seal (Item 1) [Figure 30-50-27] in the upper
trunnion cover and replace if needed.
1 N-17251
2
Slide the swash plate from side to side and remove the
N-17248 tapered roller bearing (Item 1) [Figure 30-50-30] from
the swash plate shaft.
Assembly
Figure 30-50-31
N-17252
Publications. 1
N-17253
Assembly (Cont'd)
Figure 30-50-34
1 1
2
N-17247
3
Install the upper trunnion seal (Item 1) [Figure 30-50-36]
Figure 30-50-37
Install the tapered bearing (Item 1) [Figure 30-50-34] on
the swash plate shaft.
2
N-17246
3
Install the linkage bracket (Item 1) [Figure 30-50-37] and
N-17248 the four mounting bolts and tighten to 18 - 22 ft.-lb. (24 -
30 N•m) torque.
Assembly (Cont'd)
Figure 30-50-38
2
N-17243
Publications.
N-17244
N-17242
Install the bearing race (Item 1) [Figure 30-50-38] and O-
ring (Item 2) [Figure 30-50-38] at the lower trunnion as
shown in [Figure 30-50-39]. Install the snap ring (Item 1) [Figure 30-50-41] on the
pump shaft.
Assembly (Cont'd) 1 1
Figure 30-50-42
3
2
1 1
1 N-17200
Publications.
1
N-17240 N-17199
Install the pump shaft into the pump housing [Figure 30- Install the ball guide retainer and washer (Item 1) [Figure
50-43]. 30-50-45] onto the slipper holddown pins.
Assembly (Cont'd)
1
2
Figure 30-50-46
N-17194
Assemble the piston assemblies into the slipper guide. Figure 30-50-49
Lubricate the pistons and cylinder block bores and insert
N-17196
Assembly (Cont'd)
1 1
Figure 30-50-50
N-19550
Install the valve plate and end cap on the pump housing.
File has expired. N-17193 Tighten the bolts (Item 1) [Figure 30-50-52] to 35 - 45 ft.-
lb. (47 - 61 N•m) torque.
Coat the backside of the valve plate with petroleum jelly Figure 30-50-53
to hold it in position and install the valve plate onto the
Publications.
Figure 30-50-51 1
2
1
N-19571
Assembly (Cont'd)
Figure 30-50-54
1
N-19569
Figure 30-51-1
P-64943
A,B Service Line Ports (High Pressure Outlet Ports to Drive Motors)
T1 Case Drain Port
MA Operating Pressure of “A” Port
MB Operating Pressure of “B” Port
R Air Bleed Port
X1,X2 Control Pressure Gauge Port
G Charge Pressure Inlet Port
MG Gauge Port For Charge Pressure
Raise the lift arms and install and approved lift arm P-64460
support device. (See Installing on Page 10-20-1.)
Place the loader on jack stands. (See Procedure on Page Disconnect all of the electrical harness connectors (Item
10-10-1.)
File has expired. 1) [Figure 30-51-3] from the loader harness.
Removal:
WARNING
Publications.
fall or move and cause injury or death.
W-2017-0286
clean the work area before disassembly and keep all
parts clean. Always use caps and plugs on hoses,
tubelines and ports to keep dirt out. Dirt can quickly
Raise the operator cab. (See Raising on Page 10-30-1.) damage the system.
I-2003-0888
Figure 30-51-2
Figure 30-51-4
1
P-64425
P-64426
Figure 30-51-5
1
2
2 P-64427
3
Alternately tighten bolts (Item 1) [Figure 30-51-7] to 7.7
Installation:
Figure 30-51-6
Publications.
1
P-64978
IMPORTANT 1
Figure 30-51-9 File has expired. the hydrostatic pump drive shaft.
P-64344
1
Remove the nut and washer from the pump drive shaft.
Figure 30-51-12
1 1 1 P-64343
P-64337 P-64338
Figure 30-51-15
File has expired.
P-64458
BEFORE START UP: Fill one of the air bleed ports with
new hydraulic oil until the hydraulic oil flows out of the
other air bleed port. This will remove trapped air in the
hydrostatic pumps before start up.
Parts Identification
3 1
1. O-ring 5 4
2. Bolt
3. End Housing
4. O-ring 7 6
5. Right Rotating Assembly 8
6. Timing Pin
7. Bearing
8. Spacer/Coupler
9. Pin
10. Positioning Pin
11. O-ring 10
12. Snap Ring 11 9
13. Position Sensor 2
14. Washer 12 13
15. Bolt
File has expired. 14
15
16
19 17
21
24 23 22 26
Publications.
18
27
32 19 29
28
31 16. Steel Cover
17. Bolt
18. Hydraulic Controller
19. High Pressure Relief
20. Case Housing
21. Bolt
6 22. Plug
2
7 23. Screen
24. Plug
25. Orifice
30 26. Dowel Pin
27. Charge Pressure Relief
4 28. Left Servo
29. Right Servo
30. Left Rotating Assembly
31. Key
32. End Housing
B25010
Figure 30-51-16
1
1
P-64437
Figure 30-51-17 Publications. Factory setting on the relief valve is 5075 PSI (350 bar).
4
3
2 1
P-64436
Figure 30-51-19 3 4
2 5
1
1 P-64435
File has expired. P-64431 [Figure 30-51-21] for damage or foreign material. Ensure
the poppet moves freely in it’s bore.
The charge relief valve (Item 1) [Figure 30-51-19] is Inspect the sealing ring (Item 3) [Figure 30-51-21] and
located on the back of the hydrostatic pump. the mating seat in the pump housing for damage or
Publications.
Figure 30-51-20
NOTE: 1.0 mm shim (Item 5) [Figure 30-51-21] = 43.5
PSI (3 bar) in pressure change. Adding shims
increases charge pressure. Removing shims
decreases charge pressure.
1
P-64435
Figure 30-51-22
1
1
1
P-64439
P-64440
Figure 30-51-26
P-64442
File has expired.P-64441 hardware removed from the hydrostatic pump. [Figure
30-51-28].
Publications.
Figure 30-51-27
P-64453
Figure 30-51-29
3
1
2
P-64464
Pull the end housings from the case housing [Figure 30-
1
File has expired.
P-64445
51-31].
Figure 30-51-30
3
Use updated files from Bobcat
1
Publications.
2
P-64447
Figure 30-51-32
1 2
1
2
P-64463
P-64466
Figure 30-51-35
RIGHT SIDE
Figure 30-51-36
Publications.
2
P-64501
1 P-64503
2
Assembly: Align the timing pin (Item 1) [Figure 30-51-
1
2
P-64502
Figure 30-51-39
RIGHT SIDE
1
2
P-64456
Figure 30-51-41
1
P-64469
P-64471
Figure 30-51-48
Inspect the pistons, look for scoring and scratches.
Ensure the holes (Item 1) [Figure 30-51-45] in the
1
Publications.
1
P-64472
P-64479
2
Publications.
3 1
P-64478
P-64480
Inspect the back surface of the rotating block (Item 1)
[Figure 30-51-50] where the valve plate seals. Ensure
there is no scratches or scoring. Assembly: Carefully align bearing pin eyelets (Item 1)
into holes in endcap housing (Item 2) [Figure 30-51-52].
Visually ensure spring (Item 2) and c-clip (Item 3) [Figure
30-51-50] are not bent or damaged.
1 P-64483
Publications.
1
P-64482
1
2
1
P-64486
Figure 30-51-59
Figure 30-51-60
P-64485
P-64524
1 1 1
The drive shaft can be tapped out of the end housing with Remove servo piston mounting bolts (Item 1) [Figure 30-
a rubber mallet. 51-63].
Publications.
remove snap ring (Item 2) [Figure 30-51-61] and remove
bearing.
Figure 30-51-62
B25013
Figure 30-51-64
P-64492
P-64491
Figure 30-51-67 1
2
1
P-64493
File has expired. P-64467 2) [Figure 30-51-69] from the pump housing.
Figure 30-51-70
Figure 30-51-68
Publications. 1
3
P-64494
P-64466
Figure 30-51-71
P-64497
1
Remove snap ring (Item 1) [Figure 30-51-73] from the
Figure 30-51-74
Remove the lock nut (Item 1) [Figure 30-51-71] from the
servo piston.
1
P-64498
Figure 30-51-75
1
1
2 1
3
P-64499
File has expired. P-64461 30-51-77] at the top of the case housing to gain access to
the four orifices (Item 1) [Figure 30-51-78].
Remove the plug (Item 1) from the top center of the case Replace O-rings on plugs.
housing. Replace O-ring (Item 2) [Figure 30-51-75].
torque. Publications.
Assembly: Tighten internal screen to 7.4 ft.-lb. (62 N•m)
1
Figure 30-51-76
P-64500
P-64462
WARNING
Hydraulic fluid escaping under pressure can have
sufficient force to enter a person’s body by
File has expired.
P-64502
penetrating the skin. This can cause serious injury
and possible death if proper medical treatment by a
Bearings (Item 1) [Figure 30-51-79] in case housing are physician familiar with this injury is not received
replaced by using a press and bearing driver. immediately.
W-2145-0290
Publications.
The pump mechanical neutral adjustment sets the
position of the servo piston and pump swash plate
relative to the hydraulic controller. This procedure should
be followed if the hydrostatic pump has been
disassembled for servicing the servo piston and the
setting has been disrupted.
WARNING
Put jackstands under the front axles and rear corners
of the frame before running the engine for service.
Failure to use jackstands can allow the machine to
fall or move and cause injury or death.
W-2017-0286
Figure 30-51-80
1
P-64438
File has expired. P-64973 MA ports on the bottom of the pump, and install 7500 PSI
pressure gauges.
1
Publications. 1
1 1
P-64977
Figure 30-51-84
1
P-64457
1
Figure 30-51-85
P-64457
P-64457
Mechanical Neutral Adjustment (Cont’d) The hydraulic controller neutral adjustment, aligns the
pump swash plate and the control spool so that a zero
Figure 30-51-88 angle control setting provides a zero degree swash plate
setting. This adjustment should be performed whenever
any part of the control or swash plate mechanisms are
adjusted or removed or after the pump mechanical
neutral setting is adjusted. Ensure the pump mechanical
neutral setting is correct before performing hydraulic
controller neutral adjustments.
Remove the hydraulic hose from the X1 and X2 ports on Put jackstands under the front axles and rear corners
WARNING
Hydraulic fluid escaping under pressure can have
sufficient force to enter a person’s body by
penetrating the skin. This can cause serious injury
and possible death if proper medical treatment by a
physician familiar with this injury is not received
immediately.
W-2145-0290
Figure 30-51-89
2
1
P-64975
1
Publications.
1 1
P-64459
WARNING
Stay clear of the loader wheels. They will turn
whenever the pump is not centered.
W-2276-1297
Figure 30-51-93
P-64459
File has expired. P-64459 clockwise, to a position halfway between the recorded
positions. The pressure gauges should read equal
pressures.
Turn the adjustment screw (Item 1) [Figure 30-51-93]
clockwise, until one of the gauges registers an increase Figure 30-51-96
Publications. 1
P-64459
Turn the adjustment screw (Item 1) [Figure 30-51-94] Shut loader OFF.
counterclockwise, until the other gauge registers an
increase in system pressure. Mark the position of the Remove the pressure gauges from the X1 and X2 ports
adjustment screw. on the pump. Install the plugs and tighten to 18 ft.-lb. (25
N•m) torque.
Description To adjust the drive belt, between the flywheel and the
hydrostatic pump pulley, use the following procedure:
The drive belt makes the mechanical connection from the
engine flywheel to the hydrostatic pump pulley. Stop the engine. Open the rear door.
The belt is a cord-reinforced rubber design. Disconnect the negative (-) battery cable.
Constant tension is applied to the drive belt by the use of Remove the belt shield. (See Shield Removal And
a spring-loaded belt tensioner. Installation Page 30-50-1.)
The drive belt is protected by a plastic shield fastened to The belt tensioner is located between the flywheel and
the flywheel housing by metal clips. The shield is also in pump pulley.
place to protect the operator.
Figure 30-60-3
Shield Removal And Installation
Figure 30-60-1
Publications. P-66813
Remove the three drive belt shield mounting clips NOTE: The pointer (Item 2) [Figure 30-60-3] will be at
(Item 1) [Figure 30-60-1]. the 1 o'clock position when the belt tensioner
is not under spring tension.
Figure 30-60-2
P-66812
Readjust if necessary.
Note:
Publications.
If the pointer does not move when prying on
the belt tensioner mounting bracket, manually
move the arrow towards the 3 o’clock position
with a screwdriver while putting tension on
the bracket to help get it started.
Figure 30-60-5
P-66814
Figure 30-60-6
P-48481
Remove the drive belt from the pump pulley and flywheel.
File has expired. P-48000 Remove the drive belt from the loader [Figure 30-60-8].
Publications.
Remove the belt shield [Figure 30-60-6]. (See Shield
Removal And Installation Page 30-50-1.)
Figure 30-60-7
P-66813
Figure 30-60-9
Publications.
Removal And Installation Page 30-50-1.)
Figure 30-60-10
P-66813
1. Cover
2. Bolt with preapplied threadlocker 1
3. Washer
4. Pins
5. Washer
6. Spring
2
7. Snap Ring
8. Snap Ring
9. Bearing
10. Dust Shield 11
11. Pulley 3
12. Bushing
13. Hub 12
4
14. Washer
15. Seal
16. Arrow Indicator Plate
File has expired. 5
17. Locating Pin
18. Spring
Publications.
available individually. Consult
parts catalog for available
sub-assemblies. 7
15
8 16
17
9
18
10
19
20
E-2296
Figure 30-60-11
3
1
1
4
P-8861
Remove the grease cover (Item 1) [Figure 30-60-11]. Remove the bracket assembly (Item 3) by tapping on the
shaft (Item 4) [Figure 30-60-13] with a plastic hammer.
2 Publications.
3 2
1 4
P-8859
P-8862
Remove the bolt (Item 1), the flat washer (Item 2), the
retainer washer (Item 3), the spring washer (Item 4) and Remove the spring (Item 1) from the bracket (Item 2)
the second retainer washer (Item 3) from the pulley [Figure 30-60-14].
assembly (Item 5) [Figure 30-60-12].
Figure 30-60-15
1
1
P-8873
2
Turn the pulley assembly over and install the two pins
File has expired. P-8871 (Item 1) [Figure 30-60-17] into the hub.
Figure 30-60-18
Install the spring (Item 1) on the pulley (Item 2) [Figure
30-60-15] as shown.
2
3
P-8874
Figure 30-60-19
1
1
P-8877
Install the first retainer washer (Item 1) and spring NOTE: When pressing the grease cap onto the pulley
washer (Item 2) [Figure 30-60-19] over the roll pins. assembly, do not press down on the arrow
Publications.
2
1
P-8876
Fill the grease cap 1/4 full (approximately 1/2 - 3/4 oz.) of
grease.
Description
Figure 30-70-1
Publications.
is energized by the Bobcat Controller. The valve shifts
and directs charge pressure oil to the shift spool in each
motor. The charge pressure hydraulic oil shifts the spools
allowing the motors to move into high range. When low
range is selected, the solenoid is de-energized and the
shift spools are spring returned to low range.
DANGER
2 2
1 1
P-90328
AVOID DEATH
WARNING 1
P-76161
Lift and block the loader. (See Procedure on Page 10-10-
1.)
Disconnect the wire harness connector (Item 1) [Figure
Raise the lift arms and install an approved lift arm 30-70-3] from the two-speed pre-warming solenoid.
support device. (See Installing on Page 10-20-1.)
Disconnect the wire harness connector (Item 2) [Figure
Raise the operator cab. (See Raising on Page 10-30-1.) 30-70-3] from the two-speed solenoid.
Figure 30-70-4
1
1
2
1
P-76148
Figure 30-70-5
Publications.
2
2
2
P-76155
Figure 30-70-7
1 6 1
3
4
2
7
5
P-76185
Figure 30-70-9
Mark all hydraulic tubelines and fittings for proper
installation.
Publications.
Assembly: Tighten the two-speed solenoid nut to 5 ft.-lb.
(6,8 N•m) torque.
1
Assembly: Tighten the pre-warming solenoid nut to 5 ft.- Check the O-rings (Item 1) and back-up washers (Item 2)
lb. (6,8 N•m) torque. [Figure 30-70-9] on the pre-warming solenoid stem for
wear and replace as needed.
Assembly: Tighten the pre-warming solenoid stem to 20
ft.-lb. (27,1 N•m) torque.
Figure 30-70-10
Publications.
Assembly: Tighten the two mounting bolts to 80 - 90 in.-
lb. (9 - 10 N•m) torque.
Publications.
2
1
P-76212
Figure 30-80-2
1
P-76216
2 The larger taper spring (Item 1) slides over the end of the
filter element (Item 2) and the smaller tapered spring
(Item 3) [Figure 30-80-4] slides into the filter element.
P-76214
CHAINCASE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40-30-1
Center Cover Removal And Installation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40-30-2 DRIVE
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40-30-1 SYSTEM
Front Cover Removal And Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40-30-1
Rear Cover Removal And Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40-30-3
Publications.
STANDARD TORQUE SPECIFICATIONS FOR BOLTS, SPEC
SECTION) UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED.
ENGINE
SERVICE
The hold signal will be interrupted and the wedge will Figure 40-10-2
drop if the engine rpm drops below 700 rpm, the seat bar
sensor fails or if there is a break in the wires for the brake
solenoid.
Figure 40-10-1
Publications. N-19081A
1 Figure 40-10-3
P-76419
Raise the loader lift arms and install an approved lift arm
support device. (See Installing on Page 10-20-1.)
WARNING
1
Never work on a machine with the lift arms up unless
N-19105
the lift arms are secured by an approved lift arm
support device. Failure to use an approved lift arm
support device can allow the lift arms or attachment Inspect the traction lock guides (Item 1) [Figure 40-10-3]
to fall and cause injury or death. and the brake disc for damage or wear and replace as
W-2059-0598
necessary. (See Inspecting on Page 60-120-6.)
Figure 40-10-4
Figure 40-10-5
N-19083A
Publications. N-19081A
Figure 40-11-3
P-76419
Raise the loader lift arms and install an approved lift arm
support device. (See Installing on Page 10-20-1.)
WARNING 1
N-19105
Never work on a machine with the lift arms up unless
the lift arms are secured by an approved lift arm
Inspect the traction lock guides (Item 1) [Figure 40-11-3]
support device. Failure to use an approved lift arm
and the brake disc for damage or wear and replace as
support device can allow the lift arms or attachment
necessary. (See Inspecting on Page 60-120-6.)
to fall and cause injury or death.
W-2059-0598
Figure 40-11-5 2
P-73917
Description
2
2
2 1
The tools listed are needed for the following procedure: Install the puller tool (Item 1) [Figure 40-20-2] on the
axle hub.
Publications.WARNING
20-1], use the following procedure:
Figure 40-20-3
P-4160
1
Installation: MEL1399 seal driver tool is necessary for
Clean the seal area and inspect the shaft for wear.
Remove the key (Item 1) [Figure 40-20-3] from the axle.
NOTE: If the shaft is damaged or worn, an axle repair
Use updated files from Bobcat Place the new axle seal over the axle and into the axle
tube.
Publications. Install MEL1399 seal driver tool over the axle and put
against the axle seal [Figure 40-20-5].
Hit the seal driver tool with a hammer until the tool is
flush with the edge of the axle tube [Figure 40-20-5].
P-4181
Publications. W-2059-0598
Raise the lift arms and install an approved lift arm support
Remove the axle hub. (See Axle Seal Removal And
Installation on Page 40-20-2.)
device. (See Installing on Page 10-20-1.)
Remove the sprocket mounting bolt (Item 1) [Figure 40-
Raise the operator cab. (See Raising on Page 10-30-1.) 20-7].
Remove the control panel. (See Removal And Installation Installation: Tighten the sprocket mounting bolt to 300 -
on Page 50-100-2.) 330 ft.-lb. (407 - 447 N•m) torque.
Figure 40-20-6
P-34255
Figure 40-20-8
Publications.
until the axle is free from the sprocket and inner bearing.
Figure 40-20-9
2
1
P-4162A
P-4169
Publications.
bearing mounting surface and until the bearing contacts
the spline on the shaft.
Put the tubing (Item 1) on the bearing puller (Item 2)
[Figure 40-20-12].
Press the splined end of the axle free from the bearing Put the bearing (Item 3) [Figure 40-20-12] on the tube as
[Figure 40-20-11]. shown.
Put the spline end of the axle shaft (Item 4) [Figure 40-
20-12] in the bearing and press the bearing onto the axle.
Figure 40-20-13
2
1
P-4179
Leave the bearing cup tool loose until the tool is installed
inside the tube [Figure 40-20-15].
When the bearing reaches the bearing mounting surface,
Figure 40-20-16
Publications.
P-4172
P-4180
Use the long rod and bearing cup tool to remove the
inner bearing cup [Figure 40-20-14].
Hit the long rod with a hammer to remove the bearing cup
from the axle tube [Figure 40-20-14].
Figure 40-20-19
Figure 40-20-18
P-4173
Publications. To install the outer bearing cup, use the short rod and the
bearing cup tool used for removing the bearing cups.
WARNING
1
Never work on a machine with the lift arms up unless
the lift arms are secured by an approved lift arm
support device. Failure to use an approved lift arm
support device can allow the lift arms or attachment
to fall and cause injury or death.
W-2059-0598
P-54227
Raise the loader lift arms and install an approved lift arm
support device.(See Installing on Page 10-20-1.)
Remove the parking brake disc (Item 1) [Figure 40-20-
Publications.
Installation on Page 70-20-1.)
on Page 50-100-2.)
Remove the front (or rear) axle and sprocket. (See Axle
Sprocket And Bearings Removal And Installation on P-54226
Page 40-20-4.)
Figure 40-20-22
Publications.
Use MEL1037 Chain Link Tool and #80 chain adapter.
Secure the tool and place the connector link in the tool as
shown [Figure 40-20-22].
Turn the threaded rod of the tool and press the connector
link together on the chain [Figure 40-20-22]. Tighten the
threaded rod of the chain link tool to 130 ft.-lb. (176 N•m)
torque.
WARNING
DO NOT exceed the recommended torque. The tool
may fail under too much torque. Put cloth around the
tool to protect yourself from flying debris.
W-2233-0307
Description
3 3
The chaincase contains the drive components.
P-34255
DANGER
Remove the front chaincase cover mounting screws
WARNING
Never work on a machine with the lift arms up unless
the lift arms are secured by an approved lift arm
support device. Failure to use an approved lift arm
support device can allow the lift arms or attachment
to fall and cause injury or death.
W-2059-0598
DANGER
WARNING
Never work on a machine with the lift arms up unless
the lift arms are secured by an approved lift arm
File has expired. support device. Failure to use an approved lift arm
support device can allow the lift arms or attachment
to fall and cause injury or death.
P-90328 W-2059-0598
AVOID DEATH
•
Use updated files from Bobcat
tubeline, hose, fitting, component or a part failure
can cause lift arms to drop.
Keep out of this area when lift arms are raised
1
Publications.
unless supported by an approved lift arm
support. Replace if damaged.
D-1009-0409
2
3 3
Remove the control panel. (See Removal And Installation
on Page 50-100-2.)
1
Figure 40-30-2 3 3
P-66980
4
Raise the loader lift arms and install an approved lift arm
support device. (See Installing on Page 10-20-1.) 3 3
1
Raise the loader operator cab. (See Raising on Page 10- 2
30-1.)
DANGER 3 3
P-66959
•
Use updated files from Bobcat
tubeline, hose, fitting, component or a part failure
can cause lift arms to drop.
Keep out of this area when lift arms are raised
help pry the covers off.
Publications.
unless supported by an approved lift arm
support. Replace if damaged.
D-1009-0409
surfaces. Polyurethane sealant should be applied to the
screw threads to stop oil leakage. Tighten the mounting
screws to 20 - 25 ft.-lb. (27 - 34 N•m) torque.
WARNING
Never work on a machine with the lift arms up unless
the lift arms are secured by an approved lift arm
support device. Failure to use an approved lift arm
support device can allow the lift arms or attachment
to fall and cause injury or death.
W-2059-0598
Description
Figure 50-10-1
N-18572
1 1
Remove the seat bar mounting nuts (Item 1) [Figure 50-
Publications.
Raise the seat bar (Item 1) [Figure 50-10-1].
Figure 50-10-2 1
P-85238
1
5 5
4 6 4 6
7
3
2
7
3
8
9
10 1 2
10
Publications. 2 7
1
2
P-85233 P-85234
Assemble the parts as shown for the left side of the seat
Assemble the parts as shown for the right side of the seat
bar pivot assembly [Figure 50-10-5] and [Figure 50-10-
bar pivot assembly [Figure 50-10-7] and [Figure 50-10-
6].
8].
Seat Bar Mount (Item 1)
Seat Bar Mount (Item 1)
Mounting Bolt (Item 2)
Mounting Nut (Item 2)
Keyed Plastic Bushing (Item 3)
Pivot Bushing (Item 3)
Seat Bar (Item 4)
Spacer Bushing (Item 4)
Magnetic Bushing Assembly (Item 5)
Seat Bar (Item 5)
Pivot Bushing (Item 6)
Keyed Plastic Bushing (Item 6)
Sensor Bracket (Item 7)
Mounting Bolt (Item 7)
Sensor Mounting Nut (Item 8)
Sensor Mounting Bolt (Item 9)
Installation: Tighten the mounting bolt (Item 7) [Figure
Mounting Nut (Item 10)
50-10-7] and [Figure 50-10-8] to 25 - 28 ft.-lb. (33,9 - 38
N•m) torque.
Installation: Tighten the mounting bolt (Item 9) [Figure
50-10-5] and [Figure 50-10-6] to 50 - 70 in.-lb. (5,6 - 7,9
N•m) torque.
Figure 50-10-9
4 7
2
3
2
1 P-85236
File has expired. P-85235 spring and parts as shown in [Figure 50-10-10].
Bolt (Item 1)
Turn the bolt (Item 1) [Figure 50-10-9] and [Figure 50- Bushings (Items 2)
10-10] out of the clevis. Spring (Item 3)
Publications.
NOTE: For procedures requiring the use of Loctite®
#518 adhesive, thoroughly clean and dry
affected parts before the application of
Loctite® #518.
WARNING
Cylinder contains high pressure gas. Do not open.
Opening cylinder can release rod and cause injury or
death.
W-2113-0288
Figure 50-20-1
P-66826 P-66827
Publications. P-66825
WARNING
P-66828
Never work on a machine with the lift arms up unless
the lift arms are secured by an approved lift arm
support device. Failure to use an approved lift arm Raise the operator cab (See Raising on Page 10-30-1) to
support device can allow the lift arms or attachment release the tension on the gas cylinder.
to fall and cause injury or death.
W-2059-0598 Install a strap (Item 1) [Figure 50-20-3] to the cab
handles to prevent the cab from falling forward.
Raise the lift arms. (See Installing on Page 10-20-1.)
Figure 50-20-4
1 2
P-43354A
File has expired. screw (Item 2) [Figure 50-20-5] and [Figure 50-20-6]
from the gas cylinder mounting bracket.
Publications.
cab to the loader mainframe to prevent the cab from
tipping forward when the gas cylinder(s) are removed.
Figure 50-20-5
P-48262A
Figure 50-20-7
1
P-66829
Publications.
Installation: Tighten the screws to 100 - 130 in.-lb. (11,3
- 14,7 N•m) torque.
Figure 50-20-8
P-66830
Figure 50-20-10
WARNING
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH
Attach a chain hoist to the grab handles of the
operator cab before removing the operator cab gas
2 cylinders. If the operator cab is tilted forward without
1 the gas cylinders operational, the cab will fall and
could cause injury or death.
W-2245-0796
P-66828
P1006
Figure 50-20-13
1
N-19231
Figure 50-20-16
Remove screw (Item 1) [Figure 50-20-13] from the cab
ground.
50-20-13].
Publications.
Figure 50-20-14
P-31966
1
Remove the strap (Item 1) [Figure 50-20-16] preventing
P-66829
the cab from tipping forward.
Figure 50-20-17
2
1 1
N-19202
P-66832
File has expired. 18] (both sides) and nut from the operator cab.
P-31967
Figure 50-30-1
1 1
1 2
N-20729
Raise the operator cab. (See Raising on Page 10-30-1.) Locate the seat belt bolts under seat pan insulation (Item
1 and 2) [Figure 50-30-3] and peel back or cut insulation
N•m) torque.
Publications.
NOTE: Ensure the washers are installed.
Figure 50-30-2
2
N-20655
Figure 50-31-1
1 2
N-20974
File has expired. N-20647 seat belt studs (Item 1) and seat rail studs
(Item 2) [Figure 50-31-3].
Raise the operator cab. (See Raising on Page 10-30-1.) Figure 50-31-4
Figure 50-31-2
Publications.
1
N-20973
P10564 P10563
Slide Rail Removal And Installation Installation: Tighten the mounting nuts to 58 - 62 ft.-lb.
(78,6 - 84 N•m) torque.
Figure 50-31-5
Lower Cushion Removal And Installation
Figure 50-31-7
1 1
2 1
2
1
1
Publications.
Remove the slide rail (Item 2) [Figure 50-31-5] from the
bottom of the seat frame.
Figure 50-31-6
N-20974
Figure 50-31-8
1 1
N-18580
Publications.
N-18581
Figure 50-31-11
2
1
P-43118
Pull the seat back adjustment lever (Item 1) [Figure 50- Remove the operator seat. (See Removal And
31-11] and tilt the seat back all the way forward. Installation on Page 50-31-1.)
1 1
N-18578
Figure 50-31-14
Figure 50-31-15
P16284
Figure 50-31-16
OUTSIDE OF CAB
1
Use updated files from Bobcat
2
Publications. P16126
INSIDE OF CAB
P16128
Description
Figure 50-40-1
N-18545
Remove the tilt cylinder rod end from the Bob-Tach (both
sides).
1
Publications. N-18544
Figure 50-40-3
Tilt the Bob-Tach forward, so it is parallel to the floor. Put
blocks (approximately 3 inches) under each side of the
Bob-Tach [Figure 50-40-1].
P-48132
Figure 50-40-4
1
N-18559
Strike the head of the bolt (Item 1) [Figure 50-40-4] to Figure 50-40-7
push the pivot pin into the Bob-Tach frame.
Bob-Tach.
Use updated files from Bobcat
Use a long punch to push the pivot pin all the way into the
1
Publications.
Remove the Bob-Tach from the lift arms.
Figure 50-40-5
N-18560
N-18558
Figure 50-40-8
3 N-18563
Figure 50-40-9
Publications.
2 4
3
N-20625
If the bolt (Item 1), handle pivot (Item 2), spring (Item 3),
or clevis (Item 4) [Figure 50-40-9] are damaged, put the
assembly in a vise.
Figure 50-40-11
2 1
Publications.
with a driver tool and hammer.
The Bob-Tach is the section of the loader lift arm that Remove the retainer bolt (Item 3) [Figure 50-41-1] and
attachments mount to. The Power Bob-Tach option uses nut from the tilt cylinder rod end pin (both sides).
two hydraulically operated, spring assisted, locking
wedge and lever assemblies to secure the attachment to Installation: Tighten the retainer bolt and nut to 25 - 28
the Bob-Tach. ft.-lb. (34 - 38 N•m) torque.
P-48131
Figure 50-41-2
N-18547
2
Figure 50-41-3
P-48132
Figure 50-41-5
N-18560
1
Use the following procedure to remove and install the Figure 50-41-8
Bob-Tach lever (Item 1) [Figure 50-41-5], spring and
Publications.
1
1
2
3
5
4
P-48135
Remove the lever mounting nut (Item 2), washer (Item 3),
spring (Item 4) and lever (Item 5) [Figure 50-41-8].
Figure 50-41-9
2 1
4
N-18557
3 2
If the bolt (Item 1), handle pivot (Item 2), spring (Item 3), Use a seal pick to remove seal (Item 1) [Figure 50-41-
N-18563
Figure 50-50-1 1
P-31969A
Figure 50-50-4
Lower the lift arms.
Publications.
NOTE: The Bob-Tach and front wheel are removed in
photo [Figure 50-50-1] for clarity purpose
only. The Bob-Tach and front wheel do not
1
Figure 50-50-2
P-31968A
N-18813
Figure 50-50-5
1
2
P-31974
Publications.
WARNING
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH
Wear safety glasses to prevent eye injury when any 1
of the following conditions exist:
• When fluids are under pressure.
• Flying debris or loose material is present.
P-31975
• Engine is running.
• Tools are being used.
W-2019-0907
Open the rear door.
Use a drift pin and hammer, remove the lift arm pivot pin
(Item 1) [Figure 50-50-7] (both sides).
Raise the lift arm link with the chain hoist and remove it
from the loader frame.
Figure 50-50-8
N-18850
File has expired. P-31849 Pull the tubelines down, disconnect the hoses (Item 1)
[Figure 50-50-10] (both sides).
Roll the Bob-Tach fully forward. Stop the engine. Install plugs into the hose and tubeline ends.
Figure 50-50-9Publications.
1
1
P-31832
1
Remove the front auxiliary mount mounting bolts (Item 1)
[Figure 50-50-11].
N-18805 Remove the front auxiliary tubelines from the lift arms.
Figure 50-50-12
1
P-34136
Publications.
1
N-18793
N-18851
Figure 50-50-16
1 1
P-31973
Use a slide hammer remove the lift cylinder rod end pivot
File has expired. N-18806 pin (Item 1) [Figure 50-50-18] (both sides).
Figure 50-50-17
Publications.
1
P-31972
Figure 50-50-20
P-31970A
Figure 50-60-1
2
P-48130
Open the rear door. Reverse the removal procedure to install the grille.
Publications.
P-48252
3
2
P-34606
1
Remove the top and bottom door hinge mounting bolts
NOTE: Install the door stop (Item 2) and the door stop
Disconnect the light harness connector (Item 1) [Figure retainer (Item 3) in the top hinge as shown
50-70-1] from the engine harness. [Figure 50-70-3].
Lift the door away from the loader frame and put the door
Figure 50-70-2
Publications. flat on the floor.
P-34588
Figure 50-70-4
2 2
3
4
1
1
File has expired.
P-31126
P-31320
Later Models
Figure 50-70-7
2
3
P-76970A
4
Remove the two striker mount bolts (Item 1) [Figure 50- 1
70-4] and [Figure 50-70-5].
Close the rear door. (This will align the striker assembly
to the correct position.)
WARNING
Open the door.
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH
Installation: Tighten the mounting bolts (Item 1) [Figure
Never service or adjust the machine when the engine
50-70-8] and [Figure 50-70-9] to 90 - 100 ft.-lb. (125 -
is running unless instructed to do so in the manual.
W-2012-0497
135 N•m) torque.
Later Models
Figure 50-70-9
P-76970A
Figure 50-70-10
1
P-31128
Publications.
3
1
P-31127
P-28143
Figure 50-80-4
1 1
P1619
Drain the fuel from the tank through the fuel drain (Item 1)
[Figure 50-80-2].
P-28144
Figure 50-80-5
P13870
Lift the fuel tank up and remove the tank from the loader
Installation: tighten the fuel level sender to 50 - 60 in.-lb.
(5,7 - 6,8 N•m) torque.
[Figure 50-80-5].
Publications.
Figure 50-80-7
2
1
P13875
Description
WARNING P-26008
Never work on a machine with the lift arms up unless Remove the bolt (Item 1) [Figure 50-90-1] and nut from
Publications.
DANGER
P-34375
Figure 50-90-3
2
1
P-34376
Publications.
P-34260
Figure 50-90-6
P-34258
File has expired. P-66969 50-90-8] from the control valve tilt spool.
Figure 50-90-9
Remove the bolt and nut (Item 1) [Figure 50-90-6] to
disconnect the lift foot pedal linkage from the crossbar
Publications.
1
P-26008
Figure 50-90-10
Publications.
Loosen the two mounting bolts (Item 1) [Figure 50-90-
10] from the pedal mounting bracket.
Figure 50-90-11
2
1
P-26008
Figure 50-91-1
P-21936
Remove the two bolts (Item 1) [Figure 50-91-3] from the
foot sensor shield.
Publications. P-21938
Figure 50-91-2
P-21935
Tilt the foot pedal up and remove the two nuts (Item 1)
[Figure 50-91-2].
Figure 50-91-4
1
P-21940
Publications.
bracket and sensor assembly.
N•m) torque.
P-21934
Tip the foot pedal up and remove the two nuts (Item 1)
[Figure 50-91-6].
Figure 50-91-7
1
P-21932
Remove the spacer (Item 1), linkage (Item 2), and nut
(Item 3) from the foot pedal [Figure 50-91-8].
Description
Figure 50-100-1
P-54658
The steering system [Figure 50-100-1] consists of Pintle arms are of a two-piece design that allow easy
independent steering levers the operator uses to provide adjustment of the neutral or “creep”.
steering input to the loader.
The steering system returns the levers to their starting
The steering levers are attached to pivoting bellcranks position by means of the centering spring and the
that pivot on a steering shaft and plastic bushings. The returning force of the torsion bushings.
bellcranks have grease fittings.
NOTE: Torsion bushings need to be replaced if torn
The forward travel is adjusted by drift adjustment bolts. or rotating in the housing. Loosen torsion
bushing bolts slightly before adjustments are
The bellcranks are attached to steering linkage bars with made. Do not fully tighten torsion bushing
rubber torsion bushings pressed into the bellcranks. bolts again until all steering adjustments have
Bellcranks mount to the control panel. been made first.
Steering linkage bars are a two-piece design. Steering Sequence of steering adjustments:
linkage bars are adjustable in length for “full travel
adjustment”. 1. Set neutral of pintle arms, “creep”
2. Set full travel at steering linkage bars
Steering linkage bars attach to the pintle arms where a 3. Set drift at drift adjustment bolts
rubber torsion bushing is pressed into the pintle arms.
2 1
DANGER 3
P-48462
P-90328
AVOID DEATH Raise the lift arms and install an approved lift arm
•
File has expired.
Disconnecting or loosening any hydraulic
tubeline, hose, fitting, component or a part failure
can cause lift arms to drop.
support device. (See Installing on Page 10-20-1.)
Use updated files from Bobcat Loosen the jam nut (Item 1) from the bypass control knob
(Item 2) [Figure 50-100-2].
WARNING
Publications. Remove the control knob (Item 2), jam nut (Item 1) and
rubber washer (Item 3) [Figure 50-100-2].
Never work on a machine with the lift arms up unless Figure 50-100-3
the lift arms are secured by an approved lift arm
support device. Failure to use an approved lift arm
support device can allow the lift arms or attachment
to fall and cause injury or death.
W-2059-0598
WARNING
Put jackstands under the front axles and rear corners
of the frame before running the engine for service.
Failure to use jackstands can allow the machine to
P-48277
fall or move and cause injury or death.
W-2017-0286
Figure 50-100-6
2 2
1 1
Publications.
Installation: Align the marks on the steering linkage
bars. Tighten the steering linkage mounting bolts to 35 -
40 ft.-lb. (47,5 - 54,2 N•m) torque.
Figure 50-100-5
1 1
P-26323
Figure 50-100-8
1
P-26327
Figure 50-100-9
11
P-26329
P-26328 P-26329
Shock Removal And Installation NOTE: The steering shaft can be removed without
removing the control panel from the loader.
Figure 50-100-10 Photo [Figure 50-100-11] shows the control
panel removed for clarity purpose only.
Figure 50-100-11
Publications.
Installation: Tighten the mounting bolts to 25 - 28 ft.-lb.
(34 - 38 N•m) torque. Remove Control Handle Lever (Item 1) [Figure 50-100-
11]. (See Lever Removal And Installation on Page 50-
110-1.)
Figure 50-100-12
2
2
1
2
Publications.
installing the right and left bellcranks.
Figure 50-100-13
1
P-26331
WARNING
File has expired.
Put jackstands under the front axles and rear corners
of the frame before running the engine for service.
Failure to use jackstands can allow the machine to
fall or move and cause injury or death.
Publications.
Lift and block the loader. (See Procedure on Page 10-10-
1.)
Figure 50-100-14
2 2
1 1
P-54609
2
5
2
P-48630
ITEM DESCRIPTION
Remove the nut (Item 1) from the end of the centering
spring shoulder bolt (Item 2) [Figure 50-100-15]. 1 Bolt
P-48632
Figure 50-100-18
2
1
3
2 3
6
5
1
1 4
2
1
P-48627
2
File has expired.P-48629 are worn, loosen the bolt (Item 2) and rotate the cams 1/4
turn [Figure 50-100-19].
Check the wear on the centering blocks (Item 1) [Figure Remove the bolts and washers (Item 3) [Figure 50-100-
50-100-18]. 19] from the pintle.
Publications.
Installation: Tighten the centering block bolts to 35 - 40
ft.-lb. (47,5 - 54,2 N•m) torque.
100-19].
Remove the pintle arm (Item 5) from the pintle base (Item
NOTE: The washers go between the bolts and the 6) [Figure 50-100-19].
centering plate.
Figure 50-100-20
ROLLER CAMS 2
2
1
P-54615
3
Loosen the bolt (Item 1) and remove the pintle base (Item
Remove the pintle arm (Item 2) from the pintle base (Item
3) [Figure 50-100-20].
Figure 50-100-21
Publications.
1
4
3
1
P-48624
Inspect the washers (Item 2), pintle arm (Item 3) and the
steering linkage bar (Item 4) for damage and replace as
needed [Figure 50-100-21].
Figure 50-100-23 2
1
3
1
P-54625
Publications.
pintle base should be level with the top of the pump shaft.
Tighten the bolt to 35 - 40 ft.-lb. (47,5 - 54,2 N•m) torque. 3
2
1
P-54624
Remove the nut (Item 1) from the pintle roller cams (Item
2) and inspect the pintle roller cams and washers (Item 3)
for damage [Figure 50-100-25].
Figure 50-100-26
4 1 3
2 2
3 P-48619
Figure 50-100-30
Publications. P-48450
2
WARNING
Put jackstands under the front axles and rear corners
of the frame before running the engine for service.
Failure to use jackstands can allow the machine to
fall or move and cause injury or death.
W-2017-0286
Figure 50-100-31
2
P16121
2 Using the remote start tool, turn the key (Item 1) [Figure
properly. Publications.
centering block will also become aligned NOTE: In loaders equipped with manual steering and
hydraulic brake, the steering levers may have
to be moved during engine start-up to reduce
Figure 50-100-32 the amount of creep. This reduction in creep
will allow time for the engine to run and build
up hydraulic charge pressure, which will
3 release the hydraulic brake.
Using the remote start tool, turn the key (Item 1) [Figure
50-100-33] and start the engine and run at low idle.
1
Tighten bolts (Item 3) [Figure 50-100-32] to 35 - 40 ft.-lb.
(47,5 - 54,2 N•m).
2
NOTE: Check for slack between centering blocks and
pintle cams. If there is excessive slack repeat
above steps [Figure 50-100-31] and [Figure
50-100-32].
P-48451
Publications.
allow free movement between the pintle arm and the
pintle base.
Figure 50-100-35
P-54610
Figure 50-100-36
1
2 2 1
Publications.
Test both levers by moving them backward and forward
and letting them return to neutral by the return spring
force.
2
1
WARNING
P-48448
Never work on a machine with the lift arms up unless
the lift arms are secured by an approved lift arm
support device. Failure to use an approved lift arm Loosen the nut (Item 1) 3 to 4 turns, then loosen the bolt
Raise the lift arms and install an approved lift arm Figure 50-100-38
Use WARNING
updated files from Bobcat 1
Publications.
Put jackstands under the front axles and rear corners 2
of the frame before running the engine for service.
Failure to use jackstands can allow the machine to
fall or move and cause injury or death.
W-2017-0286
1 3 4
P-51174
Figure 50-100-40
Remove the 3/8 in. (10 mm) thick spacer (Item 4) [Figure
50-100-41].
3 2
4
1
P-51173
1
P-51133
Move the right side steering lever to the rear and install a
3/8 in. (10 mm) thick spacer (Item 1) between the pintle
arm cam (Item 2) and the centering block (Item 3) Before adjusting the linkage, check that the base pintle
[Figure 50-100-40]. arm mounting bolt (Item 1) and both of the upper pintle
mount bolts (Item 2) [Figure 50-100-42] and tighten to 35
- 40 ft.-lb. (48 - 54 N•m) torque. There should be no play
between the pintle arm and the square pump shaft.
Figure 50-100-43
1 1 1
P-51175
Publications.
1
P-54613
P-51134
1 Publications.
P-37574
WARNING 1
P-73451
Use DANGER
updated files from Bobcat washer (Item 1) [Figure 50-101-1].
Figure 50-101-2
Publications. 2
1
1
P-90328
AVOID DEATH
• Disconnecting or loosening any hydraulic 4
tubeline, hose, fitting, component or a part failure
can cause lift arms to drop.
3 3
• Keep out of this area when lift arms are raised
unless supported by an approved lift arm
support. Replace if damaged. P-64319
D-1009-0409
Remove the fuse cover mount screws (Item 1) [Figure
50-101-2].
Never work on a machine with the lift arms up unless Remove the fuse/relay shield mounting screws (Item 3)
the lift arms are secured by an approved lift arm [Figure 50-101-2].
support device. Failure to use an approved lift arm
support device can allow the lift arms or attachment Installation: Tighten screws to 15 - 20 ft.-lb. (20 - 27
to fall and cause injury or death. N•m) torque.
W-2059-0598
Remove the fuse/relay shield (Item 4) [Figure 50-101-2]
Figure 50-101-3
1 1
Figure 50-101-4
Publications.
1
P-73293
Description
N-22658
Publications.
Disconnect the electrical connectors from the control
lever [Figure 50-110-1].
seat. Be sure the control lever does not interfere with the
operator cab when lowering or raising the cab.
Figure 50-110-3
Publications.
Install the new boot and reinstall the control lever.
P-21864
Publications.
Handle Sensor (Item 1) [Figure 50-111-1]. 2
P-21837
Figure 50-111-4
1
P-21860
2
Remove the handle lock solenoid connector (Item1)
NOTE: Pry out with a small screw driver and push the
Disconnect the harness connector (Item 1) [Figure 50- connector down.
111-4] from the handle sensor connector.
Figure 50-111-5
1
Publications.
1
5
4
2
1
P-21862
P-21878
1
Figure 50-111-11
2
3
Remove one of the two mounting screws (Item 1) [Figure
50-111-8] from the handle sensor.
Publications. 7
4 1
3 8
P-21799
1
Figure 50-111-12
1
1 N-17384
Figure 50-111-15
Remove the handle sensor (Item 1) [Figure 50-111-12].
(See Handle Sensor Removal And Installation on Page
Publications. 1 2 2
N-17385
Figure 50-111-16
1
1
1
2
1 N-22667
Publications.
N-22796
Figure 50-111-19
2
1
P13734
2
The control lever (Item 1) [Figure 50-111-21] must be
B-16618
Remove the control lever from the cross shaft and control
panel.
Figure 50-111-22
Publications.
Install the new boot and reinstall the control lever. (See
Boot Removal And Installation on Page 50-110-2.)
Description
Figure 50-112-1
P-64298
Figure 50-112-3
Publications.
The tools listed will be needed to do the following
procedure:
3
2
MEL1608-Joystick Test Harness [Figure 50-112-1]
MEL1563 or 6689779-Remote Start Tool
Multimeter
P-28312
Raise the lift arms and install an approved lift arm
support device. (See Installing on Page 10-20-1.)
Disconnect the joystick harness connector (Item 1) from
Raise the operator cab. (See Raising on Page 10-30-1.) the loader wiring harness (Item 2) [Figure 50-112-3].
Connect the remote start tool to the loader. (See Install the test harness (Item 3) [Figure 50-112-3]
REMOTE START TOOL KIT-MEL1563 on Page 10-60- between the two connectors.
1.)
Turn the remote start key to ON position without starting
the loader.
Figure 50-112-4
1
1
P-73247
Repeat the procedure at the right joystick wiring harness Figure 50-112-6
connector (Item 1) [Figure 50-112-4]. (If needed.)
Publications.
1
P-73248
Figure 50-112-7
1
1
P-64303
Publications.
1
P-76992
P-64328
Remove the control lever from the loader [Figure 50-
112-10].
Disconnect the joystick wiring harness connectors (Item
1) on both the right and left hand joysticks [Figure 50- Remove the bolts (Item 1) [Figure 50-112-10] to remove
112-8]. the control lever from the loader.
Figure 50-120-1
2 1
1
2
P-66819
Publications.
Remove the front access panel from the loader.
Figure 50-120-2
Figure 50-120-4
1 1
1
1
1 P-66821
1
P-66820
Remove the seven mount screws (Item 1) [Figure 50-
120-4] from the rear access panel.
Remove the seven mount screws (Item 1) [Figure 50-
120-2] from the rear access panel. Installation: Tighten screws to 15 - 20 ft.-lb. (20 - 27
N•m) torque.
Installation: Tighten screws to 15 - 20 ft.-lb. (20 - 27
N•m) torque. Remove the throttle lever assembly (Item 2) [Figure 50-
120-4]from the access panel.
Remove the rear access panel from behind the steering
panel, remove the panel from the loader. Remove the rear access panel from behind the steering
panel, remove the panel from the loader.
Raise the lift arms and install an approved lift arm Remove the inside rear access panel from the loader.
support device. (See Installing on Page 10-20-1.)
Figure 50-121-1
1
2
Publications.
Installation: Tighten the screws to 15 - 20 ft.-lb. (20-27
N•m) torque.
Figure 50-121-2
1 1
P-64310
P-64327
File has expired. 50-121-5] from the front inside access panel.
Publications.
Installation: Tighten the screws to 15 - 20 ft.-lb. (20 - 27
N•m) torque.
Figure 50-121-4
P-64313
Figure 50-121-6
1 2
P-34553A
Lift the speed control pin (Item 1) from the notch (Item 2)
File has expired. P-34548 in the speed control rod [Figure 50-121-8].
Figure 50-121-9
Remove the two mount screws (Item 1) [Figure 50-121-
6] from the hand operated speed control lever.
Figure 50-121-7
Publications. 1
P-34549
P-34551
Figure 50-121-10
Figure 50-121-11
Publications.
1
P-64309
Figure 50-130-2
WARNING
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH
Wear safety glasses to prevent eye injury when any
of the following conditions exist:
• When fluids are under pressure.
• Flying debris or loose material is present.
• Engine is running.
• Tools are being used.
W-2019-0907 1
Figure 50-130-1
Figure 50-130-3
Publications.
P-64994
Using gloves, push the rear window out the rear of the 1
operator cab.
Figure 50-130-4
1 1
P16013
Apply liquid soap in the rubber molding (Item 1) [Figure Tapping the window corners will help seat the window in
50-130-4] to make installation easier. the molding.
Publications.
Align the other lower corner of the window in the molding.
Figure 50-130-5
P-64998
Figure 50-130-7
1
1
P-64997
Figure 50-130-8
fully seated in the lower portion of the window frame.
Publications. WARNING
2
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH
Wear safety glasses to prevent eye injury when any
1 of the following conditions exist:
• When fluids are under pressure.
• Flying debris or loose material is present.
• Engine is running.
• Tools are being used.
W-2019-0907
P-85228
Figure 50-130-10
Publications.
NOTE: Tapping the window with a rubber hammer
will help seat the window assembly in the
window frame.
Figure 50-130-11
P16015A
Figure 50-131-1
1 1
Figure 50-131-2
Publications.
1
1
1
1
N-20950
Figure 50-132-1
2
N-20814
File has expired. P-66024 and knob removed to illustrate the direction of
movement.
Release the latch (Item 1) [Figure 50-132-1] and slide Move the window slide rail using the two thumb pads
the front window back towards the rear of the operator (Item 2) [Figure 50-132-2] and [Figure 50-132-3]
2 2
P-66019
Figure 50-132-4
2
1
Publications.
1
P-66020
Figure 50-133-1
3
2
1
1 1
1 S0363
Publications.
Figure 50-133-2
N-20171
Figure 50-133-4
1
P-66059
Figure 50-133-5
Publications.
4] cut off the excess molding. seated in the lower portion of the molding.
Figure 50-133-7
1
1
P-66651 P-66050
Apply liquid soap on the rubber cord to make installation Use a plastic stick (Item 1) [Figure 50-133-7] under the
easier. Install the rubber cord (Item 1) [Figure 50-133-5] molding lip to guide the window into the molding groove.
into the molding on the inside of the operator cab.
Figure 50-133-8
Publications.
Figure 50-133-9
P-66051
Figure 50-133-10
File has expired.
P-66101
Description
Figure 50-140-1
3
2
P-76526
Publications.
Remove the gas spring (Item 1) [Figure 50-140-1] from
the threshold.
Lift the door (Item 1) [Figure 50-140-2] off the hinges.
2 1
P-76523A P-76524A
CORRECT
CORRECT
Publications. 1
1
Remove the four bolts and nuts (Item 2) [Figure 50-140-
3] from the cab.
P-76522A P-76525A
Figure 50-140-6
1 P-76683
Figure 50-140-7
Open the door. The LIFT & TILT VALVE light (Item 2)
[Figure 50-140-8] will flash, an audible tone will sound,
and the message [door] will appear in the display.
Publications. Close the door and the LIFT & TILT VALVE light (Item 2)
[Figure 50-140-8] will go out and the display will return to
machine hours.
P-76516
ALTERNATOR. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-30-1
Alternator Voltage Testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-30-3
Belt Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-30-1 SAFETY &
Belt Replacement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-30-1 MAINTENANCE
Charging System Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-30-2
High Voltage Testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-30-4
Low Voltage Testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-30-3
Parts Identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-30-6
Removal And Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-30-5
CALIBRATION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-160-1
Actuator Testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-160-1
Lift And Tilt Calibration (ACS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .60-160-11
LIGHTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-60-1
Cab Light Removal And Installation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-60-2
Front Removal And Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-60-1
Rear Removal And Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-60-2
Continued On Next Page
Publications.
SERVICE PC (LAPTOP COMPUTER) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .60-150-1
Connecting Remote Start Tool . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .60-150-1
Connecting Remote Start Tool (Service Tool) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-150-1
STARTER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .60-40-1
Parts Identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .60-40-3
Removal And Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .60-40-2
Testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .60-40-1
621 of 928
Printable Version Click Here
622 of 928
Printable Version Click Here
623 of 928
Printable Version Click Here
624 of 928
Printable Version Click Here
625 of 928
WIRING SCHEMATIC 7100
TO MAINFRAME
C TO OPTIONS
POWER BOB-TACH
SOLENOID NC NO
TO MAINFRAM ADDITIONAL
OPTIONS 2650
C606
F A 7000 A A 9.8 ohms HARNESS POWER / GROUND
C103
6600 G D 2760 B B C B A
(ACCESSORY POWER)
C601
BACK-UP
SOURCE FOR KITS
6410 E C
S175 (S/N A3L520001 AND ABOVE) ALARM C489A C220A C489B
C607
6310 A B 7010 B B POWER BOB-TACH A B C B A A B
6510 D SOLENOID
E 2770 A A
87A 87
30
A B C
C220B
H
2230
6200
1520
6700
TO BRAKE LIGHT
1500
2200
1510
2210
9.8 ohms 1730 6600
(PRINTED AUGUST 2009) 2600 B HARNESS 7151691
TO TO
C407
C474
V-1200 6320 A A 6320 TO SJC HARNESS 4210 2730 MAINFRAM TAILGATE
85
86
POWER BOB-TACH HARNESS - TO
2620
HARNESS HARNESS
2610
6610
6320
6620
6410
6330
2640
6510
TAILGATE
6700
Printable Version Click Here 7112290 BRAKE LIGHT HARNESS 7151696 HARNESS BRAKE LIGHT C103A C103B
2670
6340
HARNESS 7151691
HARNESS (For
2630 6210 (FOR SJC MODELS ONLY) All Models A B C D E F G H A B C D E F G H
E F C A B D F E D C B A C407A
Except SJC)
A
C602 C603 LEFT WORK RIGHT WORK
A
OPEN
OPEN
OPEN
6000
2000
7100
6210
6110
6010
6000
2010
7100
6230
6130
6530
6320
B A C230A
E F C A B D F E D C B A A
C800 A
B A
6430
C410
C431
6500
4640 DELUXE TAILGATE RIGHT HEAD LIGHT HARNESS 7152108
C170
STOP TURN TAIL STOP TAIL TURN REGISTRATION CAN CONNECTOR SIDE MARKER 5 5 6830 6830 C C 6220
LEFT TAILLIGHT RIGHT TAILLIGHT LAMP
KEY "RUN" D 9800 D BLINKER 4 4 6820 6820 D D 6440
C180
F C C C
GROUND 3 2700 G SIDE MARKER 5 6830 6830 6120
C103
G 7-PIN D D D
Connector BLINKER 4 6820 6820 6340 6320
BACK-UP E on Loader C666 C426 ATTACHMENT
CONNECTOR E 3 OPEN OPEN E E 6520
STROBE OR ALARM 6310 A Boom
BEACON F 1 OPEN OPEN F F OPEN
D
CONTROL HARNESS - 6718426 HARNESS 7152108
6310
2030
6410
2020
LEFT HEAD LIGHT
6200 H
2600 B
2 1
87A 87 86 87A 87 86
C609 A B
2620
HARNESS 7153090
FRONT WIPER
2610
6320
6330
2640
2 1 TO
6340
2670
TO OPTIONS FRONT WIPER 30 85 30 85
2630 6210 MOTOR
6700 E C668 OR C670 1 2 2 1
GROUNDS
2775
6300
6400
TO OPTIONS A C604 C605 LEFT WORK RIGHT WORK
M 2010
(4 WAY FLASHER) C 1 2 2 1
1010
1400
1020
1410
2000 2020
2 2785 2780 D
C669
7200 or YEL
7150 or DGN
2765 or BRN
1 6440 F
L X
3 6540 B
STANDARD TAILGATE A B A B
2745
Left Marker Fuse 10A
6718872 (DELUXE ACCESSORY) 1010
Right Marker Fuse 10A
PARK
HIGH
2 2735 2755 B B
C610
C667
5 7160 C C
SSL 7-PIN
C426 To Mainframe 1 7210 A A
DOOR SENSOR
Harness
C412
B 2785 87A 87 86
9800
1160
9700
1710
9500
9600
2710
A 1420
WIPER HARNESS DOOR HARNESS 30 85
KEY "RUN" D 9800 PUR C705 J1 - 8-PIN 7117322 7104465
C402 C490
B 2740
2700
1420
UNSW POWER 2 1160 RED/WHT 2720 H GROUND
CAN SHIELD C 9710 PUR 9710 F CAN SHIELD A 1720
Publications.
SW POWER 1 1730 RNG 1720 B SW POWER ACD
Machine A 1720
CAN LOW B 9620 PUR 9610 E CAN LOW B 2720
Connector
CAN HIGH A 9520 PUR 9510 D CAN HIGH
GROUND
C666
3
7-PIN
2730
ATTACHMENT
BLK C
A
OPEN
OPEN Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
C 7200
G OPEN
C427
CONNECTOR
J B 6415
N
BOOM-MOUNTED A 6515
ACD CONNECTORS
SW POWER K 1740
B 6000
GROUND B 2740 C703 J2 - 10-PIN BLACK
C OPEN
C401
E OUTPUT E 5100 5100 C E OUTPUT TO D 6410
F OUTPUT F 5350 5350 H F OUTPUT MAINFRAME
E OPEN
C404
B
G OUTPUT G 5400 5400 J G OUTPUT
A 6510
ACD 7100 A
H OUTPUT H 5050 5050 B H OUTPUT
6510
Output
C OUTPUT C 5300 5300 G C OUTPUT
6510
Connector BACK-UP ALARM
D OUTPUT D 5150 5150 D D OUTPUT SWITCHES
A OUTPUT A 5250 5250 F A OUTPUT 7110 TO 87A 87 86
MAINFRAME 87A 87 86
M OUTPUT M 5200 5200 E B OUTPUT
C402
1720 1730 A
ID (K TO L) L 5910 5000 A J OUTPUT
2720 B 30 85
ID (K TO P) P 5510 5450 K K OUTPUT 30 85
BACK-UP ALARM
C506
2780
14-PIN
6020
ATTACHMENT C704 J3 - 10-PIN GRAY
SWITCHES HARNESS -
ADDITIONAL POWER
6010
2790
CONNECTOR CONNECTOR
5900 J ID #1
C491
B
5500 A ID #2 7107544 1740 A
B ID #3
ACD
C ID #4 Input
D ID #0 Connector SJC HORN / BLINKER
E OPEN
HARNESS - 7151940
C433
C433
F OPEN A RNG A
G OPEN C LGN C
H OPEN B BLK B
DELUXE ATTACHMENT CONTROL HARNESS - 6729380 K OPEN - +
1710
9500
9600
2710
9700
J
N
N
P
KEY "RUN" D 9800 PUR C705 J1 - 8-PIN M TO OLDER
P LEFT RIGHT
MODEL ATTACHMENTS M TO OLDER FLASHER FLASHER
UNSW POWER F 1160 RED/WHT 2720 H GROUND A LIGHT LIGHT
C506
MODEL ATTACHMENTS
CAN SHIELD C 9710 PUR 9710 F CAN SHIELD C
C506
D WHT S
SW POWER E 1730 RNG 9 1720 B SW POWER ACD D S
C BRN LT
C623
9 Machine A BRN LT
C623
CAN LOW B 9620 PUR 9610 E CAN LOW E BLK TM
14 Connector to
CAN HIGH A 9520 PUR 9510 D CAN HIGH E BLK TM TO OPTIONS
Engine F DBL CENTER
2790
2795
(EXTERIOR CAB)
GROUND G 2730 BLK 13 C OPEN Compartment F DBL CENTER
G RED GD
Connector 7-PIN A OPEN G RED GD 6440 1
C669
on Loader C666 ATTACHMENT
CONNECTOR G OPEN
H
L
YEL
RNG
RT
H YEL RT 2785 2
Boom L 6540 3
J K RNG
BOOM-MOUNTED K
SW POWER
N
K 1740
ACD CONNECTORS
GRADER HARNESS - 4 WAY FLASHER
GROUND B 2740 C703 J2 - 10-PIN BLACK
GRADER HARNESS - HARNESS - 6718873
E OUTPUT E 5100 5100 C E OUTPUT
6707303 6706391
F OUTPUT F 5350 5350 H F OUTPUT
G OUTPUT G 5400 5400 J G OUTPUT
H OUTPUT H 5050 5050 B H OUTPUT ACD
Output
C OUTPUT C 5300 5300 G C OUTPUT TO HORN
Connector to
D OUTPUT D 5150 5150 D D OUTPUT CONNECTOR
Engine
C412
5900 J ID #1 E 85 86 2740 B
on Loader 2780 6415
87
Boom 5500 A ID #2 D 6410 6410 30 1740 A
C411
87A 6020 RED = RED BATTERY FEED 1000-1999 RED, RED/WHT, RNG
B ID #3 C WIRES CONNECT BY
ACD RNG = ORANGE GROUND 2000-2999 BLK
C LETTER ACROSS MONITORING 3000-3999 LBL
ID #4 Input B 6000 BLK = BLACK
TO AWS TO MAINFRAME LBL = LIGHT BLUE CONNECTORS HYDRAULIC 4000-4999 LGN
Connector to
C401or
CONNECTIONS COMPONENTS
CONNECTOR - Harness - Used for GROUND - Frame - Used to
3500 A A 3500 connecting 2 harnesses together or a represent an component that is
C107
3520 C C 3520
3510 B B 3510
harness to a component. The internally grounded.
connector can vary from a single pin
to any number of pins (Example: 3 pin
connectors shown). The connector
LIGHT -
C107 pins can be numbered alphabetical
3500
A A
3500 (shown) or numerical (1, 2, 3 etc.).
C C
3520
B B
3520 The harness wires numbers are
3510 3510
called out next to the connector
(Example: 3500). SWITCH - Single Pole - Single Throw
(ON-OFF) Normally Open
- +
Publications.
BATTERY - Used for supplying and SWITCH - Single Pole - Double
Throw (ON-OFF-ON) - This switch
storing electrical power for the
machine. can be in any of three positions.
(Some switches are spring activated
to return them to a certain position
+ POSITIVE ELECTRICAL CIRCUIT -
when released.)
Indicates positive battery circuit.
SWITCH - Double Pole - Single
Throw (ON-OFF) Open and Closed
positions will be specified depending
- NEGATIVE ELECTRICAL CIRCUIT - on switch application.)
Indicates battery ground circuit.
SWITCH - Double Pole - Double
Throw (ON-OFF) Open and Closed
ALTERNATOR - Used to create the positions will be specified depending
on switch application.
G electrical current to supply voltage to
the battery and components.
POTENTIOMETER - Variable
+ - resistance - Provides variable
STARTER - Uses battery current to resistance.
M start the machine engine.
HOLD PULL
15 ohm B
Dual solenoids. (The ohm rating of
I SWITCH - Ignition - Multi position 0.5 ohm A the solenoid coils are listed next to
B
switch to activate various start the component [if available]). The pull
ST functions at different positions. solenoid is energized for a short time.
START
HORN - Audible alarm. Sound is
R U N
O FF
activated manually by a switch to
warn personnel.
4 5
positions.
File has expired. RESISTOR - Limits current flow.
6
Publications.
M
H M
GRD
87A 87 86 RELAY - Uses a low amp switch to GRD MOTOR - Wiper - Single or multi
control a high amp component. PARK V speed motor.
30 85 M
HIGH
3
700 3
710 SPLICE (•) - Used to show when
3
110 multiple wires are connected together
on the schematic. HOURMETER - Records the time the
H
+ - engine is running.
SOLENOID - ON / OFF - Electrically
1 activated coil that controls movement
2 magnetically. (The ohm rating of the POWER PLUG - Supplies 12 volt
- +
7.7 ohm
solenoid coil is listed next to the power for customer supplied
component [if available]). accessories.
+
A
PRESSURE SENDER - Provides a
A variable voltage proportional to
C
- C pressure. (Sender voltage rating is
B
B
0.5 - 7.5 V listed to show volts at high and low
setting.)
B
PRESSURE SWITCH - Switch opens
A or closes at a predetermined
pressure to active a function or to turn
on a warning light. (Switch is shown
in the open position.)
to
B
File has expired.
TEMPERATURE SENDER - Provides
a variable resistance (ohm) signal
A proportional to temperature. (Sender
500-3000ohm ohm rating is listed to show ohms at
C 212
T3
Publications. C 435
SW1
C 500
C 408
MS2660
C 212
SW9
C670 SW8
SW7 C 483
S3
S4
C 611
C 630
C 635
T3
Publications. C 480
SW1
SW2
SW3
C 435 SW4
C 408 SW5
SW6
MS2441
CC426
408
C 405
T1
T6
T8
C 486 T4
T5
C 112 C 40
T3
C 108
File has expired. C 350
408
C 408
C 113
C 135
Publications.
C 606
C 406
C 415
C 423
J1
C 101 J2
C 413
C 414 C 126
C 416 C 419 C 404
C 417 C 420 C 409 C 410
C 418
C 421 C 411
C 422 C 412
C 425
C 492
MS2179
Description
Figure 60-10-1
P-13849
Publications.
for the overload must be found before starting the engine
again.
Troubleshooting WARNING
The following troubleshooting chart is provided for
assistance in locating and correcting problems which are AVOID INJURY OR DEATH
most common. Many of the recommended procedures Instructions are necessary before operating or
must be done by authorized Bobcat Service Personnel servicing machine. Read and understand the
only. Operation & Maintenance Manual, Operator’s
Handbook and signs (decals) on machine. Follow
warnings and instructions in the manuals when
making repairs, adjustments or servicing. Check for
correct function after adjustments, repairs or
service. Untrained operators and failure to follow
instructions can cause injury or death.
W-2003-0807
PROBLEM CAUSE
Battery will not take a charge.
Alternator will not charge.
Starter will not turn the engine.
File has expired. 1, 2, 3, 4, 5
1, 2, 5
2, 3, 4, 6, 7, 8, 9
1
3 7 19
8 16 20
4 10 12 14
7159779
Publications. RE
F
DESCRIPTION AMP
RE
F
DESCRIPTION AMP
Back-up Alarm
4 Attachments 25 14 Traction R
5 Heater & Air 25 15 Glow Plugs R
Conditioning
6 Front & Marker 15 16 Starter R
Lights
7 Rear Lights 15 17 Traction 30
8 Bobcat 25 18 Fuel Shutoff 30
Controller
9 Heater & Air R 19 Power Plug 15
Conditioning
10 Switch Power R 20 ACS/AWS/SJC 25
Unswitched
R - Relay
Solenoid Testing
Figure 60-10-4
Publications.
WARNING
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH
Batteries contain acid which burns eyes and skin on
contact. Wear goggles, protective clothing and
rubber gloves to keep acid off body.
Publications.
3
2
WARNING
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH
1
Keep arcs, sparks, flames and lighted tobacco away
from batteries. When jumping from booster battery
make final connection (negative) at machine frame.
WARNING
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH
Keep arcs, sparks, flames and lighted tobacco away
P-09589
File has expired.
P-09590 from batteries. When jumping from booster battery
make final connection (negative) at machine frame.
The battery cables must be clean and tight [Figure 60- Do not jump start or charge a frozen or damaged
20-3]. Check electrolyte level in the battery. Add distilled battery. Warm battery to 60°F (16°C) before
Publications.
terminals and cable ends to prevent corrosion.
Figure 60-20-4
W-2066-0705
WARNING
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH
Batteries contain acid which burns eyes and skin on 2
contact. Wear goggles, protective clothing and 4
rubber gloves to keep acid off body.
P-31860
After the engine has started, remove the ground (-) cable
(Item 4) [Figure 60-20-4] first. Remove the cable from
the positive terminal (Item 2) [Figure 60-20-4].
File has
IMPORTANT expired.
Damage to the alternator can occur if:
• Engine is operated with battery cables
Publications.
connected wrong.
I-2023-1285
Raise the operator cab. (See Raising on Page 10-30-1.) Remove the belt and install a new belt.
1
File has expired.
P-24543
Publications.
Loosen the adjustment bolt (Item 2) [Figure 60-30-1].
Move the alternator until the belt has 5/16 in. (8,0 mm)
movement at the middle of the belt span with 15 lb. (66
N) of force.
Charging System Inspection Check the condition and tension of the alternator belt.
(See Belt Adjustment on Page 60-30-1.) Replace belt if
worn or deteriorated.
Publications.
BATTERY GAS CAN EXPLODE AND CAUSE
SERIOUS INJURY OR DEATH
Keep arcs, sparks, flames and lighted tobacco away
from batteries. When jumping from booster battery
make final connection (negative) at machine frame.
IMPORTANT
Damage to the alternator can occur if:
• Engine is operated with battery cables
disconnected.
• Battery cables are connected when using a fast
charger or when welding on the loader. (Remove
both cables from the battery.)
• Extra battery cables (booster cables) are
connected wrong.
I-2023-1285
Figure 60-30-2
P-34951
Publications.
idle. With a voltmeter, check the voltage between the B+
terminal and ground at the starter [Figure 60-30-2].
The voltage must be higher than 13.5 volts but lower than
14.7 volts at 70° F (Alternator Temperature).
Figure 60-30-5
IMPORTANT
Damage to the alternator can occur if:
• Engine is operated with battery cables
disconnected.
• Battery cables are connected when using a fast 1
charger or when welding on the loader. (Remove
both cables from the battery.)
• Extra battery cables (booster cables) are P-34952
connected wrong.
I-2023-1285
Remove the adjustment bolt (Item 1) [Figure 60-30-7]
Figure 60-30-6 File has expired. from the mounting bracket.
Publications.
2
P-34951
Parts Identification
Figure 60-30-8
1. Alternator 11. Bearing
2. Nut 12. Stator
3. Pulley 13. Bracket
4. Spacer 14. Sleeve
5. Bolt 15. Regulator
6. Bracket 16. Rectifier
7. Bolt 17. Cover
8. Bearing 18. Spacer
9. Retainer 19. Nut
10. Rotor
7
1 6
4 7 13 14
2
3
12 File has expired.
5
11
10
Publications. 18
17
16
15
C-3529B
Testing
Bat
S
M Cranking
Motor
Cranking
Motor
A-1991
The key switch must be in the OFF position. If the starter turns, the defect is in the solenoid.
Publications.
Connect a jumper wire between S terminal and BAT
terminal [Figure 60-40-1].
If the starter turns but does not turn the engine, the
starter drive has a defect.
Figure 60-40-3
4
2
1
File has expired.
P-34385
Publications.
Disconnect the engine harness power wire and positive
(+) battery cable from the starter solenoid terminal (Item
2) [Figure 60-40-3].
Parts Identification
1. Starter 30
2. Shaft 13. Lever
3. Gear 14. Gear
4. Washer 15. Bracket
5. Shaft 16. Spring
6. Stop Ring 34 17. Gear
33
7. Lever 18. Stop
8. Holder 19. Stop Ring
13
9. Spring 20. Ball
10. Spring 21. Armature
36 22. Washer
11. Plate
8* 11* 23. Seal
12. Seal 9*
10* 24. Yoke
31
21
32
File has expired. 7*
15
37
14
5 8
Publications. 14
12
6
29
1 4
3
28
2
27
25. Holder
35 26. Bracket
27. Ring
28. Bolt
22 26
29. Bolt
30. Switch
23 25 31. Seal
32. Bolt
23 33. Washer
34. Nut
35. Boot
36. Bracket
24
37. Bearing
Left Panel
Figure 60-50-1
3 12
2
7 16
1
4 13
11 15
6
File has expired.
5
8 9 10
14
Publications.
21 22
23
P-76459C
The left instrument panel [Figure 60-50-1] is the same The table on the facing page shows the DESCRIPTION
for Standard Key Panel, Keyless Start Panel and Deluxe and FUNCTION / OPERATION for each of the
Instrumentation Panel equipped machines. components of the left panel.
REF.
DESCRIPTION FUNCTION / OPERATION
NO.
1 ENGINE TEMPERATURE GAUGE Shows the engine coolant temperature.
2 LEFT DIRECTION INDICATOR (Option) Indicates left turn signals are ON.
3 GENERAL WARNING Malfunction with one or more machine functions. (See Service Codes*)
4 TWO-SPEED (Option) High range selected.
5 ENGINE MALFUNCTION Engine malfunction or failure. (See Service Codes*)
6 ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE Engine coolant temperature high or sensor error.
7 DISPLAY SCREEN Displays information. (See Display Screen in this manual.)
8 SEAT BELT Instructs operator to fasten seat belt. Remains lit for 45 seconds.
9 SEAT BAR The light comes on when the seat bar is UP.
10 LIFT & TILT VALVE The light comes on when the lift and tilt functions cannot be operated.
11
12
13
PARKING BRAKE
File has expired.
The light comes on when the loader cannot be driven.
RIGHT DIRECTION INDICATOR (Option) Indicates right turn signals are ON.
SHOULDER BELT (Option) Instructs operator to fasten shoulder belt when operating in high range.
Remains lit while in high range.
14 HYDRAULIC SYSTEM MALFUNCTION Hydraulic system malfunction or failure. (See Service Codes*)
Publications. right green LEDs will light.) Press a third time to turn all lights off. (Left
and right green LEDs will be off.)
Press and hold five seconds to display software version in display
screen.
18 HIGH-FLOW (Option) Press once to engage the HIGH-FLOW auxiliary hydraulics. (Left green
LED will light.) Press a second time to disengage.
19 AUXILIARY HYDRAULICS Press once to engage the auxiliary hydraulics. (Left green LED will
light.) Press a second time to disengage.
20 INFORMATION Cycles through (after each button press):
• Hourmeter (On start up)
• Engine RPM
• Battery voltage
• Maintenance clock (Press and hold for seven seconds when
displayed to reset the maintenance clock.)
• Service codes*
21 TRACTION LOCK OVERRIDE Functions only when the seat bar is raised and the engine is running.
Press once to unlock the brakes. Allows you to use the steering levers
or joystick(s) to move the loader forward or backward when using the
backhoe attachment or for service. (See TRACTION LOCK
OVERRIDE in this manual.) Press a second time to lock the brakes.
22 PRESS TO OPERATE LOADER Press to activate the BICS™ System when the seat bar is down and
operator is seated in operating position. Button will light.
Press and hold three seconds to engage Drive Response and
Steering Drift Compensation. (See DRIVE RESPONSE and
STEERING DRIFT COMPENSATION in this manual.)
23 ALARM The alarm beeps when Error, Warning or Shutdown conditions exist.
* For further description on Service Codes. (See DIAGNOSTIC SERVICE CODES on Page 60-90-1.)
Figure 60-50-2
2 3
4
5
6
P-90816A
Panel [Figure 60-50-2]. 1. Keypad (keys 1 through 0): Used to enter a number
code (password) to allow starting the engine. An
1 7 Figure 60-50-5
4
5
2 3 6
ENTER PASSWORD
8 LANGUAGES
The first screen you will see on your new loader will be as
Use updated files from Bobcat
10 11 B-15553N
shown in [Figure 60-50-5].
Publications.
This machine may be equipped with a
Instrumentation Panel [Figure 60-50-4].
Deluxe password and start the engine or change the Display
Screen setup features.
1. Display Screen: The Display Screen is where all
NOTE: Your new loader (with Deluxe Instrumentation
system setup, monitoring, troubleshooting and error
Panel) will have an Owner Password. Your
conditions are displayed.
dealer will provide you with this password.
2. Bobcat Main Controller Error: Indicates Change the password to one that you will
communication error between Bobcat Main Controller easily remember to prevent unauthorized use
and Deluxe Instrumentation Panel. (See of your loader. (See Changing The Owner
DIAGNOSTIC SERVICE CODES on Page 60-90-1.) Password on Page 60-190-1.) Keep your
3. Display Error: Indicates communication error password in a safe place for future needs.
between instrument panel and Bobcat controller.
(See DIAGNOSTIC SERVICE CODES on Page 60- Change Language: Press the Selection Button at the end
90-1.) of the arrow [Figure 60-50-5] to go to the next screen.
4. BobCARE PMSM Icon: Indicates planned Use the Keypad to select the number of the language.
maintenance is due. (See MAINTENANCE CLOCK
on Page 60-200-1.) Press EXIT. The screen will return to [Figure 60-50-5].
You can then enter the password and start the engine.
5. Engine Air Filter Icon: Indicates engine air filter
requires service.
See CONTROL PANEL SETUP for further description of
6. Hydraulic Filter Icon: Indicates hydraulic filter screens to setup the system for your use. (See
requires service. CONTROL PANEL SETUP on Page 60-180-1.)
7. Selection Buttons: The four Selection Buttons allow
you to select items from the Display Screen and scroll NOTE: Pressing the EXIT key will go to the previous
through screens. screen and you can continue pressing until
8. Stop Button: Used to stop the engine and shut down you get to the initial (home) screen.
the loader’s electrical system. SHORTCUT: Press the “0” (zero) key to get to
the home screen immediately.
Figure 60-50-6 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
B-15993Q
OR
9
7 8 9
1 2 3 4 5 6
B-15993R
REF
. DESCRIPTION FUNCTION / OPERATION
REF
NO.
2
3 Publications.
NOT USED
FRONT WIPER
(Option)
---
Press the bottom of the switch
to start the front wiper (press
2
3
NOT USED
POWER
---
Press and hold the up arrow to
BOB-TACH disengage the Bob-Tach
and hold for washer fluid).
(Option) wedges. Press and hold the
Press the top of the switch to
down arrow to engage the
stop the wiper.
wedges into the mounting
4 REAR WIPER Press the bottom of the switch frame holes.
(Option) to start the rear wiper (press
4 PARKING Press the top to engage the
and hold for washer fluid).
BRAKE (Standard PARKING BRAKE; bottom to
Press the top of the switch to
on all loaders) disengage.
stop the wiper.
5 HYDRAULIC Press the top to engage
5 NOT USED ---
BUCKET Hydraulic Bucket Positioning;
6 NOT USED --- POSITIONING bottom to disengage.
7 FAN MOTOR Turn clockwise to increase fan (Option)
(Option) speed; counterclockwise to 6 HAZARD LIGHTS Press the top to turn the
decrease. There are four (Option) HAZARD LIGHTS ON; bottom
positions; OFF-1-2-3. to turn OFF.
8 NOT USED --- 7 ROTATING Press the top to turn the
9 TEMPERATURE Turn clockwise to increase the BEACON (Option) ROTATING BEACON ON;
CONTROL temperature; counterclockwise bottom to turn OFF.
(Option) to decrease. 8 NOT USED ---
9 SELECTABLE Press the top to select ‘ISO’
JOYSTICK Control Pattern; bottom to
CONTROLS select ‘H’ Control Pattern.
(SJC) (Option)
Figure 60-50-8
1
1
1
P-76985
Figure 60-50-9
Use updated files from Bobcat Figure 60-50-11
Publications.
1
2
1
P-76987
P-26251 Pull the right instrument panel down and disconnect the
wire harness connector (Item 1) [Figure 60-50-11] from
Pull the front accessory panel down and disconnect the the panel.
wire harness connector(s) (Items 1 and 2) [Figure 60-50-
9] from the switches. Remove the panel from the loader cab.
Figure 60-50-12
1
N-20142
12].
Figure 60-50-13
Publications. 1
P-76986
Figure 60-50-16
Publications.
Figure 60-50-17
Publications.
Remove the ignition switch from the control panel.
Figure 60-50-18
Publications.
Figure 60-60-1
1 1
N-19351
Figure 60-60-2Publications.
1
N-19349
Figure 60-60-4
1 2 1
1
3
P-66221
N-19339
Using care press the rear light and housing from the door
[Figure 60-60-5].
P-66222
Description
Connector Identification
Gateway Controller
1 1
34 26
9 7 5 3 7 5 3
1 1
17 10 13 8
25 18 19 14
34 32 28 26 26 25 21 20
P-76622
J1A J1B P-76623
P-76624
J1A
WIRE
PIN COLOR DESCRIPTION
NUMBER
1 2410 BLACK HYD LOCK VALVE SOLENOID GROUND
2 2380 BLACK LIFT SPOOL SOLENOID GROUND
3 8110 TAN FUEL RELAY SIGNAL
4 8000 TAN SWITCHED POWER RELAY SIGNAL
5 6320 PINK MRKR LIGHT PWR RELAY SIGNAL
6 8510 TAN GLOW PLUG RELAY SIGNAL
7 8210 TAN STARTER RELAY SIGNAL
8
9
4110
OPEN
LGN
NA
File has expired.
TRACTION LOCK RELAY SIGNAL
NA
10 2370 BLACK TILT SPOOL LOCK SOLENOID GROUND
11 7023 WHITE AC SIGNAL MONITOR
J1B
WIRE
PIN COLOR DESCRIPTION
NUMBER
1 3420 LBL HYD CHARGE PRESS SENDER SIGNAL
2 1110 RED/WHT COMPUTER FUSE POWER OUT
3 1130 RED/WHT COMPUTER FUSE POWER OUT
4 8800 TAN FUEL SHUTOFF SOLENOID HOLD
5 4380 LGN LIFT SPOOL LOCK SOLENOID SIGNAL
6 4200 LGN TRACTION SOLENOID OUTPUT
7 4370 LGN TILT SPOOL LOCK SOLENOID SIGNAL
8
9
9210
9110
PUR/WHT CAN LO 0
PUR/WHT CAN HI 0
File has expired.
10 OPEN NA NA
11 3920 LBL SEATBAR SENSOR SIGNAL
Auxiliary Controller
1 1
34 26
9 7 5 3 7 5 3
1 1
17 10 13 8
25 18 19 14
34 32 28 26 26 25 21 20
P-76647
J2A J2B P-76646
P-76645
J2A
WIRE
PIN COLOR DESCRIPTION
NUMBER
1 2340 BLACK FRONT BASE SOLENOID GROUND
2 2440 BLACK JEM BLOCK REAR BASE SOLENOID GROUND
3 6520 PINK LEFT BLINKER SIGNAL
4 6420 PINK RIGHT BLINKER SIGNAL
5 7200 WHITE HORN SIGNAL
6 OPEN NA NA
7 OPEN NA NA
8
9
OPEN
OPEN
NA
NA
NA
NA
File has expired.
10 2430 BLACK JEM BLOCK REAR ROD SOLENOID GROUND
11 4810 LGN LEFT HANDLE PADDLE RIGHT
J2B
WIRE
PIN COLOR DESCRIPTION
NUMBER
1 OPEN NA NA
2 1180 RED/WHT COMPUTER FUSE POWER OUT
3 1150 RED/WHT COMPUTER FUSE POWER OUT
4 4450 LGN DIVERTER SOLENOID SIGNAL
5 4440 LGN REAR BASE SIGNAL
6 4480 LGN FRONT / REAR AUXILIARY SIGNAL
7 4430 LGN REAR ROD SIGNAL
8
9
9220
9120
PURPLE
File has expired.
CAN LO 0
PUR/WHT CAN HI 0
10 OPEN NA NA
11 OPEN NA NA
Lift and block the rear of the loader. (See LIFTING AND
BLOCKING THE LOADER on Page 10-10-1.) 1
Figure 60-70-1
P-76642
Publications. P-76644
Figure 60-70-2
2 2
1
1 P-66928A
Description
G H
J J1 J3
F K
E A
D J3
B
C G H
F J
K J2
F E
G D A
E H B
A C
B J2
D
J1
C
File has expired.
J1
J3
J2
Figure 60-71-1
P-21840
Figure 60-71-2
Publications.
1
P-21843
The drive controller is located behind the right side The hydrostatic drive pump is a Rexroth A22 unit. It has
access panel near the operators right foot. two electromagnetic coils on each of the two pumps to
control the drive of the loader. The coils will direct the
The drive controller monitors the position of the left forward and reverse outputs of the pump to the drive
joystick, pump swash plate angles and the output of the motors. The Rexroth pump is equipped with position
wheel speed sensors. sensors mounted to the bottom of the swash plates to
provide feedback to the controllers to sense
The drive controller works along with the ACS controller uncommanded swash plate movement.
and communicates with the Gateway controller in an SJC
system. All these controllers are capable of software
upgrades.
Publications.
INTERNAL CAN BUS
GEAR ENGINE
SERIAL TT BUS
PUMP
RIGHT
JOYSTICK
ISO
SWITCH FWD / REV
SWASH PLATE
SENSORS
LEFT
JOYSTICK
AUXILIARY DRIVE
LEFT PUMP
CONTROL
HAND SPEED
PANEL SENSOR
EXTERNAL
CAN BUS ACD
GATEWAY CONTROL
CONTROL HYDRAULIC
MOTOR MS2582S
Connector Identification
P-64295
P-64296
WARNING 1
P-64322
Raise the lift arms and install an approved lift arm
support device. (See Installing on Page 10-20-1.)
Pull the controller out from the fender and loosen the
P-66835
Figure 60-80-1
1
P-28302
Publications.
The speed sensor is sealed with an O-ring (Item 1)
[Figure 60-80-1] to keep hydraulic oil inside the motor
carrier and dirt out.
Raise the lift arms and install an approved lift arm support
device. (See Installing on Page 10-20-1.)
Figure 60-80-4
Publications.
P-64976
Figure 60-80-5 1
1 P-64764
File has expired.P-64762 the motor carrier. DO NOT pull on the wires, gently pry up
with a screwdriver if necessary.
Raise the lift arms and install an approved lift arm support Figure 60-80-8
device. (See Installing on Page 10-20-1.)
Figure 60-80-6
2
P-64765
1
P-64762
Figure 60-80-9
1
1
P-26292
Figure 60-80-12
The electrical connector can be replaced.
Publications. 1
2
1
P-26296A P-26295
With a thin screwdriver lift the tabs and remove the wires
from the connector (Item 1) [Figure 60-80-10].
Wire Code
1 Red
2 White
3 Black
4 Blue
Figure 60-90-1
Press TOOL / SETUP
2 B-16163
B-24288
Publications.
NOTE: Corroded or loose grounds can cause
multiple service codes and / or abnormal
symptoms. All instrument panel lights
B-24291
Description
Figure 60-100-1
1 2 3
Publications.
2, 3) [Figure 60-100-1] of the loader cab.
Publications.
left instrument panel must be OFF. The PRESS TO
OPERATE LOADER button will light.
LOADER button.
10. Raise lift arms about 6 feet (2 meters) off the ground.
2. Raise seat bar fully. All three BICS™ lights (Items 1,
2 and 3) [Figure 60-100-2] [SEAT BAR, LIFT & TILT 11. Turn key OFF or press STOP button, and wait for the
VALVE AND PARKING BRAKE] on left instrument engine to come to a complete stop.
panel must be ON. The PRESS TO OPERATE
LOADER button light will turn OFF. 12. Turn key ON or press RUN button. Press the PRESS
TO OPERATE LOADER button, move the control
Inspecting Deactivation Of The Auxiliary Hydraulics (foot pedal, hand control or joystick) to lower the lift
System (Engine STOPPED - Key ON) arms. Lift arms must not lower.
3. Sit in operator’s seat, lower seat bar and press the 13. Move the control (foot pedal, hand control or joystick)
PRESS TO OPERATE LOADER button (Item 4). to tilt the bucket (or attachment) forward. The bucket
Press the auxiliary hydraulics button (Item 5). The (or attachment) must not tilt forward.
auxiliary hydraulics light will be ON (Item 6) [Figure
60-100-2]. Raise the seat bar. The light must be OFF.
Troubleshooting
WARNING
The following troubleshooting guide is provided for Check for correct function after adjustments, repairs
assistance in locating and correcting BICS system or service. Failure to make correct repairs or
problems. It is recommended that these procedures be adjustments can cause injury or death.
done by authorized Bobcat Service Personnel only. W-2004-1285
PROBLEM SOLUTION#
All indicator lights flashing. 5
One of the indicator lights flashing. 1
Intermittent indicator lights. 2, 3, 4
Publications.
The seat bar sensor is part of the BICS system. The seat
bar sensor sends a signal that indicates whether the seat
bar is in the down or up position.
WARNING
The sensor is located on the left side of seat bar. Check for correct function after adjustments, repairs
or service. Failure to make correct repairs or
Troubleshooting adjustments can cause injury or death.
W-2004-1285
The following troubleshooting chart is provided for
assistance in locating and correcting BICS system
PROBLEM SOLUTION #
Indicator light does not come ON when seat bar is lowered. 1, 2, 3, 4, 5
2. Use the BICS sensor tester MEL1428 with seat bar adapter MEL1567 to check sensor and controller.
Publications.
Testing
Figure 60-110-1
1
P-4698
Figure 60-110-4
Use Sensor Tester (MEL1428) and seat bar sensor
tester adapter (MEL1567) for the following procedure:
[Figure 60-110-1].
Figure 60-110-2
Publications.
P-4699
1
Raise the seat bar. The Sensor Test light (Item 1) [Figure
60-110-4] should go off.
If the above test fails, there is a problem with the seat bar
N-19558 sensor.
Turn the key to the ON position. DO NOT START THE If the above test passes, run the seat bar sensor BICS
ENGINE. circuit test. (See Bobcat Interlock Control System (BICS)
Circuit Test on Page 60-110-5.)
The toggle switch (Item 2) [Figure 60-110-3] can be in
either the Absent or Present position.
N-19219
Figure 60-110-7
2
1
3
Figure 60-110-8 NOTE: The sensor test light (Item 3) [Figure 60-110-9]
is only activated by the seat bar. It will be off
with the seat bar up or on with the seat bar
down.
Publications.
[Figure 60-110-8].
Figure 60-110-9
P-4703
Figure 60-110-10
Publications.
1
P-4699
PROBLEM CAUSE
Traction lock stays engaged. 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7,11,12,13
Intermittent activation of traction lock. 8, 9, 10, 11
Publications.
7. Remove brake cover and check wedges for binding in the wedge guides.
8. Check wire connections for loose connector body.
9. Check for loose or bent pins in connectors.
10. Check for loose spade connectors in fuse holder.
11. Check flywheel RPM sensor and wiring.
12. Check the Display Panel for an error code. (See Electrical System Service Manual)
13. Check brake solenoid wiring voltage, solenoid wiring should read 12 volts.
WARNING
1
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH
Do not modify the electrical wiring connected to the
traction lock solenoid or any part of the traction lock
system. The traction lock provides the locking
function of the parking brake. Service work on the
traction lock system should only be performed by a
qualified technician. Use only genuine Bobcat P-68140
Company parts if repair is necessary.
W-2165-0100
Remove the bracket (Item 1) [Figure 60-120-2] from the
Publications. P-4712
photo [Figure 60-120-1].
Figure 60-120-3
1
P-66958
2
NOTE: The loader control panel and linkage crossbar
have been removed for clarity purpose only.
The traction lock can be removed without
removing the control panel.
4 1
3 2
P-68142
solenoid. Publications.
[Figure 60-120-4] on the collar located on the electric
Installation: Apply polyurethane sealant to the screw
threads and center chaincase cover. Tighten screws to
Inspect the shaft (Item 3) and wedge (Item 4) [Figure 60- 15 - 20 ft.-lb. (20 - 27 N•m) torque.
120-4] for scoring and deep scratches, replace if
damaged. (Item 3) [Figure 60-120-4] from the
chaincase.
Figure 60-120-5
4 5
3
2
P-68144
Remove the shaft mounting bolt (Item 1), spring (Item 2),
washer (Item 3) and wedge (Item 4) from the assembly
shaft (Item 5) [Figure 60-120-5]. Inspect all parts for
damage or wear. Replace if necessary.
1
2
2
P11332
Publications.
1
P11333
Removal And Installation (Cont'd) Perform the BICS inspection procedure. (See BOBCAT
INTERLOCK CONTROL SYSTEM (BICS) on Page 60-
Figure 60-120-11 100-1.)
INCORRECT CORRECT
3
2
N-19106
File has expired.N-19105
Figure 60-120-12
Publications.
1
P11337
Inspecting
Figure 60-120-13
1
P-68145
Publications.
Engage the parking brake pedal and move the steering
levers slowly forward and backward. The TRACTION
Fasten the seat belt, disengage the parking brake pedal,
press the green PRESS TO OPERATE Button and raise
the Seat Bar fully. Move the control levers slowly forward
lock should be engaged. and backward. The Traction lock should be engaged.
Lower the Seat Bar. Press the green PRESS TO
NOTE: The TRACTION light on the left instrument OPERATE Button.
panel will remain OFF until the engine is
started, the PRESS TO OPERATE LOADER Engage the parking brake pedal and move the control
Button is pressed and the parking brake is levers slowly forward and backward. The Traction lock
disengaged. should be engaged.
Description
Troubleshooting
The Advanced Control System (ACS) has a built-in diagnostic function to indicate the condition of the ACS controller.
The ACS controller continually monitors the lift handle sensor, lift actuator, tilt handle sensor, and the tilt actuator. The
controller also records alarm condition(s) as service code(s).
To see what error occurred. (See DIAGNOSTIC SERVICE CODES on Page 60-90-1.)
Figure 60-130-1
2
3
1
1 P13733
3-Terminal - Green
Publications.
1
1
P13725 P13732
Figure 60-130-4
1
3
2
P13735
1
2
Figure 60-130-7
NOTE: Switch handle can be removed and installed
while in loader.
Figure 60-130-5
Publications.
130-4] from the handle lock solenoid connector.
1
P13725 P13732
P13725 P13732
Figure 60-130-8
2 3
1 4
3 1
2
N-17772
1
Disconnect the left switch handle connectors (Items 1, 2,
Using a pointed tool, press down on the tab (Item 1) Figure 60-130-11
[Figure 60-130-8] and pull the wire from the connector.
Publications. 2 2
N-22783
2
N-17779 Roll the pistol grip handle cover (Item 1) [Figure 60-130-
11] down.
Disconnect the right switch handle connectors (Items 1 Using a small screwdriver, lift the handle tabs (Item 2)
and 2) [Figure 60-130-9] from the loader wiring harness [Figure 60-130-11] and slightly rotate the switch handle.
connectors.
Figure 60-130-12
P-24233
P-21699
Publications.
and needs replacement. If the switch handle is
good and just needs to be removed for control
handle or lever replacement, then remove the
wires for protection.
Tape half of the wires back and half forward [Figure 60-
connectors on the end of the harness and pull 130-14] to keep the harness small enough to route
switch handle and harness up through the top through the control lever tube.
of the lever tube.
Figure 60-130-13
P-24234
Three-Pin Connector
A-Terminal - Red/White
B-Terminal - Black/White
Publications.
NOTE: Do not pull the wire harness tight. Allow a
small amount of slack or slight bend at the
handle pivot area. Verify the control handle
F-Terminal - Tan
G-Terminal - Pink
H-Terminal - Orange/Black
returns to neutral position. J-Terminal - Blank
K-Terminal - Blank
Figure 60-130-16
Three-Pin Connector
A-Terminal - Red/White
2 B-Terminal - Black/White
C-Terminal - Purple/White
Two-Pin Connector
A-Terminal - Black
B-Terminal - Red
Five-Pin Connector
1 A-Terminal - Dk. Green
B-Terminal - Brown
C-Terminal - Blank
D-Terminal - Yellow
P-21695 E-Terminal - Blank
Figure 60-130-17
3 1
2
P13735
Publications.
3 1
N-17772
2
Figure 60-130-21
N-17741
Connect the handle harness connectors to the sensor Lift and Tilt Actuator
and lock solenoid connectors [Figure 60-130-21]. 1. Terminal-Black / Green-Larger diameter wire (16
Publications.
Figure 60-130-22
5. Terminal-Red-Smaller diameter wire (18 gauge)
6. Terminal-Open
7. Terminal-Open
8. Terminal-Black-Smaller diameter wire (18 gauge)
1
P-66842
Figure 60-130-24
P-21878A
1
Figure 60-130-25
Figure 60-130-27
Publications.
1 P-21789
P-21832
Figure 60-130-28
1
File has expired.
P-24269
Figure 60-130-29
Publications. 5
3
2
1
P-24270
Remove the boot retainer (Item 1), boot (Item 2), spool
stop plate (Item 3), O-ring (Item 4) [Figure 60-130-29].
Figure 60-130-30
P-21790
Publications. 1
P-21939
Identification Chart
1 2 3 5 10 11 12
6 7
13
9
4
REF. NO.
File has expired. DESCRIPTION
B-15781F / B-22178D / B-15781E
Description
Group 0 = No Jumpers
Attachment Attachment
Switch Solenoid Number Harness Harness
Left side Control Number Activated Terminal Connector RIght Side Control
Handle Switches Activated Handle Switches
Attachment Attachment
Switch Solenoid Number Harness Harness
Left side Control Number Activated Terminal Connector RIght Side Control
Handle Switches Activated Handle Switches
Attachment Attachment
Switch Solenoid Number Harness Harness
Left side Control Number Activated Terminal Connector RIght Side Control
Handle Switches Activated Handle Switches
Attachment Attachment
Switch Solenoid Number Harness Harness
Left side Control Number Activated Terminal Connector RIght Side Control
Handle Switches Activated Handle Switches
Identification Chart
1 2 3 6 11 12 13
7 8
9
4
14
5
File has expired. 10
B-15781D / B-22178E / B-15781E
3
Use updated files from Bobcat
Also: ATTACHMENT FUNCTION CONTROL
ATTACHMENT FUNCTION CONTROL
4 FLOAT CONTROL
5
6
Publications.
FRONT HORN
STEERING LEVERS AND LIFT / TILT HANDLES
7 LIFT ARM PEDAL
8 TILT PEDAL
9 ENGINE SPEED CONTROL
10 LIFT ARM BYPASS CONTROL
11 ATTACHMENT FUNCTION CONTROL
12 FRONT AUXILIARY HYDRAULICS
13 TWO-SPEED CONTROL (Option)
14 CONTINUOUS FLOW CONTROL FOR AUXILIARY HYDRAULICS
Description
Group 0 = No Jumpers
Attachment Attachment
Switch Solenoid Number Harness Harness
Left side Control Number Activated Terminal Connector RIght Side Control
Handle Switches Activated Handle Switches
3 1 1 1, 7 1,7 K connector)
of loader.
4 2 3,5,6 2 3,5,6 K,A,D
5 1 4,5,6 1 4,5,6 K,A,C
6 1 4,5,6 1 4,5,6 K,E
7 1 4,5,6 1 4,5,6 K,F
14
8
9
File has expired.
1
1
4,5,6
4,5,6
1
1
4,5,6
4,5,6
K,G
K,H 3
Attachment Attachment
Switch Solenoid Number Harness Harness
Left side Control Number Activated Terminal Connector RIght Side Control
Handle Switches Activated Handle Switches
3 1 1 1, 7 1,7 K connector)
of loader.
4 1 1 1 1 K,M,D
5 1 1 1 1 K,M,C
6 1 1 1 1 K,M,E
7 1 1 1 1 K,M,F
14
8
9
File has expired.
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
K,M,G
K,M,H 3
Attachment Attachment
Switch Solenoid Number Harness Harness
Left side Control Number Activated Terminal Connector RIght Side Control
Handle Switches Activated Handle Switches
3 1 1 1, 7 1,7 K connector)
of loader.
4 2 2 2 2 K,A
5 1 1 1,7 1,7 K,A
6 - - - - K,E
7 - - - - K,F
14
8
9
File has expired.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
K,G
K,H 3
Attachment Attachment
Switch Solenoid Number Harness Harness
Left side Control Number Activated Terminal Connector RIght Side Control
Handle Switches Activated Handle Switches
3 1 1 - - K connector)
of loader.
4 - - - - K,A,D
5 - - - - K,A,C
6 - - - - K,E
7 - - - - K,F
14
8
9
File has expired.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
K,G
K,H 3
Identification Chart
1 2 3 4 5 13 14 15 16 17
8
10 11
18
6 7
File has expired. 12
19
B-19873A / B-15546K / B-19874A
3
Use updated files from Bobcat
STEERING DRIFT COMPENSATION
Also: DRIVE RESPONSE
REAR AUXILIARY HYDRAULICS (Option)
*4
Publications.
Also: ATTACHMENT FUNCTION CONTROL
STEERING DRIFT COMPENSATION
Also: DRIVE RESPONSE
5 ATTACHMENT FUNCTION CONTROL
6 SPEED MANAGEMENT
7 FRONT HORN
8 JOYSTICKS
9 FOOTRESTS
10 ENGINE SPEED CONTROL (FOOT)
11 ENGINE SPEED CONTROL (HAND)
12 LIFT ARM BYPASS CONTROL
13 ATTACHMENT FUNCTION CONTROL
* 14 NOT USED
15 FRONT AUXILIARY HYDRAULICS
* 16 NOT USED
17 TURN SIGNALS (Option)
18 FLOAT CONTROL
19 CONTINUOUS FLOW CONTROL FOR AUXILIARY HYDRAULICS
* Also used as Attachment Function Control: See your attachment Operation & Maintenance Manual.
Description
Group 0 = No Jumpers
Attachment Attachment
Switch Solenoid Number Harness Harness
Left side Control Number Activated Terminal Connector RIght Side Control
Handle Switches Activated Handle Switches
Attachment Attachment
Switch Solenoid Number Harness Harness
Left side Control Number Activated Terminal Connector RIght Side Control
Handle Switches Activated Handle Switches
12
5
7 2 2 2 2 2 K from front 9 11
(pin side of
3 1 1 1, 7 1,7 K connector)
of loader.
4 1 1 1 1 K,M,D
5 1 1 1 1 K,M,C
6 1 1 1 1 K,M,E
7 1 1 1 1 K,M,F
14 8
9
File has expired.
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
K,M,G
K,M,H
3
Attachment Attachment
Switch Solenoid Number Harness Harness
Left side Control Number Activated Terminal Connector RIght Side Control
Handle Switches Activated Handle Switches
Attachment Attachment
Switch Solenoid Number Harness Harness
Left side Control Number Activated Terminal Connector RIght Side Control
Handle Switches Activated Handle Switches
Figure 60-150-1
1 2
2
1 3
P-76450
Publications.
NOTE: Make all connections with the key in the OFF
position.
6689747 - Loader Service Tool Harness
6689746 - Computer Service Tool Harness
6689745 - BOSS® Service Tool Harness
The Service PC (Item 1) with the Remote Start Tool (Item NOTE: Make all connections with the key in the OFF
2) [Figure 60-150-1]. When connected to the loader, the position.
Service PC is used to monitor, conduct diagnostics, and
upgrade software. The Service PC (Item 1) with the Remote Start Tool
(Service Tool) (Item 2) [Figure 60-150-2]. When
Connect the Service Tool Harness Communicator connected to the loader, the Service PC is used to
(MEL1566) (Item 3) [Figure 60-150-1] to the designated monitor, conduct diagnostics, and upgrade software.
serial port on the Service PC.
Connect the Remote Start Tool (Service Tool) Computer
NOTE: The recommended serial cable length should Service Tool Harness (Item 3) [Figure 60-150-2] to the
not exceed 15 feet. A serial cable longer than designated serial port on the Service PC.
15 feet will create a degraded signal causing
communication errors. NOTE: The recommended serial cable length should
not exceed 15 feet. A serial cable longer than
Connect the other end to the connector on the Remote 15 feet will create a degraded signal causing
Start Tool. communication errors.
Connect the Remote Start Tool to the loader. (See Connect the other end to the connector on the Remote
REMOTE START TOOL KIT-MEL1563 on Page 10-60- Start Tool (Service Tool).
1.)
Connect the Remote Start Tool (Service Tool) to the
NOTE: Refer to BobcatNET for PC requirements and loader. (See REMOTE START TOOL (SERVICE TOOL)
the latest Service Analyzer software. KIT - 7003031 on Page 10-61-1.)
Publications.
performance codes are present or when replacing a
controller or actuator.
COMPUTER) on Page 60-150-1.)
•
Contamination in the spool.
Retest With Warm Hydraulic Oil • The controller may be defective, replace the
controller.
Pass Fail
Loosen Actuator
Pass Fail
Column 1 Column 2
Probable Cause Probable Cause
• Misaligned Assembly • Actuator
• Pin • End Cap / Center Spring
• Contamination in Spool • Wire Harness
• Controller
• Contamination in Spool
Publications.
B-19874
NOTE: The Actuator Test is the preferred method to
calibrate the lift and tilt actuator. (See
Actuator Testing on Page 60-160-1.)
Figure 60-160-3 File has expired. [Figure 60-160-4] and hold in position.
Figure 60-160-5
1
1
P-76683
1
P-76601 P-76597A At the left panel, press the PRESS TO OPERATE Button
Publications.
calibration procedure is completed. The ACS controller will cycle the actuators.
WARNING
Put jackstands under the front axles and rear corners
of the frame before running the engine for service.
Failure to use jackstands can allow the machine to 1
fall or move and cause injury or death. 1
W-2017-0286
P-76601 P-76597A
Place the loader on jackstands. (See Procedure on Page
10-10-1.)
With the seat bar down, turn the ignition key ON (Deluxe
Operator must be in the seat and the seat bar down. Instrumentation Panel press RUN/ENTER) [Figure 60-
Figure 60-160-9
Publications. 2
P-45238
Figure 60-160-10
B-19873
P-26476
B-19873
Move the left joystick to the reverse-right corner position
Figure 60-160-13
Move the left joystick to the forward-left corner position
[Figure 60-160-10] and hold in position.
P-76683
1
Press the PRESS TO OPERATE LOADER Button (Item
P-76683 1) [Figure 60-160-13] while holding the left joystick in
position.
Press the PRESS TO OPERATE LOADER Button (Item Three audible beeps will sound.
1) [Figure 60-160-11] while holding the left joystick in
position.
Figure 60-160-14
1
P-45238
Allow the left joystick to go to the neutral position [Figure Figure 60-160-17
60-160-14].
Publications.
P-90128
1
Start the engine from the RUN, RUN/ENTER position. To return to calibration mode, the operator
DO NOT TURN TO OFF POSITION. This would cancel must start the complete procedure from the
the calibration mode and the procedure would have to be beginning.
repeated.
If code D7572 occurs, drive functions will be
disabled until a successful pump calibration
has been completed.
1 2
WARNING
Put jackstands under the front axles and rear corners
of the frame before running the engine for service.
Failure to use jackstands can allow the machine to
fall or move and cause injury or death.
W-2017-0286
File has expired. [Figure 60-160-19] and slow down 3 times in a row.
Publications. P-26482
Forward calibration is complete.
P-64321
Figure 60-160-22
File has expired. With the seat bar down, turn the ignition key ON (Deluxe
Instrumentation Panel press RUN/ENTER) (Item 1)
[Figure 60-160-23].
Figure 60-160-25
P-76683
Calibration is complete.
Steering Drift Compensation is available on SJC NOTE: Changes CANNOT be performed until the seat
equipped machines. bar is lowered, the engine is started and the
PRESS TO OPERATE LOADER button is
Description pressed to enable the BICS.
Steering Drift Compensation can be used to reduce Perform pre-starting and starting procedures:
steering drift to maintain a desired travel path in both
forward and reverse directions. 1. Fasten seat belt.
Examples of applications where this feature can be used: 2. Lower seat bar.
• To compensate for normal variations such as tire 3. Place joysticks in neutral position.
inflation pressure, track tension, tire wear and track
wear. 4. Start the engine.
• Using side shift attachments such as trenchers, 5. Press the PRESS TO OPERATE LOADER button.
planers and silt fence installers.
Publications.
B-23580A
Figure 60-161-3
1 2
6
Publications.
7
P-76456F
P-76461K
P-76461O
P-24820B P-24802B
Saving The Steering Drift Compensation Setting:
Description 2
Publications. 1
ft.-lb. (16 - 23 N•m) torque, while holding the sensor from
turning.
P-68136
SELECTION
EXAMPLE
BUTTONS
Press
LOADER FEATURES
B-16162
Publications.
operation.
A valid password will need to be entered at
startup to run a locked machine.
TOOL/SETUP: Access system options.
Use to set clock, check system warnings,
select language, set passwords, etc.
Press
? HELP: Access help on current menu item. ADJUST CONTRAST
EXIT EXIT returns you to previous level menu.
11:23 CLOCK/JOB CLOCK: Press to clear or lock
0.0 job clock; TOOL/SETUP to set time.
UP ARROW: Goes backward one screen.
DOWN ARROW: Goes forward one screen.
Press
OUTLINE ARROWS: No screen available UP OR DOWN
(backward/forward). Arrow to
change contrast.
SELECTION ARROW: Use to select menu
item. Press EXIT to
NEXT Goes to the NEXT screen in series. return to
previous level
EXAMPLE: the next Active Warning screen. menu.
INFO Goes to more information about attachments.
B-16163/B16164/B-16161/B-16166/B-16167
YES/NO Answer yes/no to current setup question.
CLEAR Removes previously installed password.
SET Set accepts current installed password.
Press . . .
TOOL / SETUP Press
LOADER FEATURES
DISPLAY OPTIONS TOOL/SETUP
CLOCKS
SET CLOCK
Use the keypad to set time.
Press RUN / ENTER to set clock.
Press EXIT to return to previous level menu.
Press
RESET JOB CLOCK (Password required) LOADER FEATURES
File has expired.
(Job Clock keeps a running total for job hours)
Press CLEAR to reset Job Clock to zero.
Press LOCK / UNLOCK to unlock.
Enter Password and press RUN / ENTER.
Languages
LANGUAGES
Publications.
Select the language, press RUN / ENTER.
Press EXIT to return to previous level menu.
B-16163/B16164/B-16161/B-15753A/B-15754A/B-15755A
Publications.
password as soon as possible for security of the
loader.
User Password:
Allows starting and operating the loader; cannot
change password or any of the other setup features. Enter new OWNER
PASSWORD on Keypad
For the procedures to change passwords (See Changing then press ENTER
The User Passwords on Page 60-190-2.) to Continue
B-16163/B-24288/B-24290/B-24291/B-16171/B-24292/B-24293/B-24294
Press
EXIT
Enter USER PASSWORD
on Keypad
then press ENTER to Continue
Machine is now
USER PASSWORD procedure UNLOCKED and
is now complete. Enter can be started
another USER number without using a
password
OR
Press EXIT
B-16163/P-76075/P-76076/P-76076A/P-76077
B-16163/B-24288/B-24290/B-24291/B-16171/B-24295/B-24296/B-24297A
Password Description This feature allows the owner to unlock the password
feature so that a password does not need to be used
Master Password: every time the engine is started.
A permanent, randomly selected password set at the Press the RUN button to turn on the loader electrical
factory which cannot be changed. This password is system.
used for service by the Bobcat dealer if the owner
password is not known; or to change the owner Enter the five digit owner password using the number
password. keys (1 through 0).
P-90816B
Enter a new five digit password using the number keys (1 The lock key red light will flash and the left panel display
through 0). An asterisk will show in the left panel display screen will show [CODE].
screen for each key press.
Enter the five digit owner password using the number
The left panel display screen will show [AGAIN]. keys (1 through 0). The unlock key green light will flash,
then the lock key red light will become solid.
Enter the new five digit password again.
You must now enter the password every time to start the
The lock key red light will become solid. loader.
Figure 60-200-1
Publications.
appear in the data display (Item 1) for five seconds while
the service icon (Item 3) and hourmeter icon (Item 2)
[Figure 60-200-1] flash.
the right panel.
Figure 60-200-2
1
P-76122
Setup
Figure 60-200-4
P-76110
P-64243A
Publications. 2
1
1
P-76113
Click Options (Item 1) and add your dealer name and NOTE: Verify that all correct option and kits are
phone number (Item 2). Click Save Options (Item 3) selected before clicking SEND TO MACHINE.
[Figure 60-200-5] the information is now stored. This will
be displayed on Deluxe Instrumentation Panel equipped
loaders when the maintenance clock is less than 10
hours until next planned maintenance.
Setup (Cont’d)
Figure 60-200-8
P-76112
1
Figure 60-200-11
A green COMPLETE (Item 1) [Figure 60-200-8]
Publications.
Figure 60-200-9
3
4 2
P-76111
Setup (Cont’d)
Figure 60-200-12
1
2
P-76110
Figure 60-200-15
The current maintenance clock Length (Interval) and
Publications.
NOTE: If the interval is set to 10 hours or less, the
maintenance clock will reset and log a reset
time but the wrench icon, hour interval and
service icon will NOT be removed from the left
and right instrument panel display screens.
P-64244A
Figure 60-200-13
P-76111
Reset
Figure 60-200-16
P-76455H
Publications.
Reset (Item 4) [Figure 60-200-11] in service analyzer.
Description
Inspecting
Figure 60-210-1 2
P-69346
1
Inspect the back-up alarm electrical connections (Item 1)
[Figure 60-210-2], wire harness (Item 2) [Figure 60-210-
2] and back-up alarm switches (if equipped) (Item 2)
File has expired. [Figure 60-210-3] for tightness and damage. Repair or
replace any damaged components.
Publications.
(Item 1) [Figure 60-210-1]. Replace if required.
Sit in the seat and fasten the seat belt. Engage the
parking brake. Pull the seat bar all the way down. Start
the engine. Press the PRESS TO OPERATE LOADER
button. Disengage the parking brake.
Stop the engine and raise the operator cab. (See Raising
on Page 10-30-1.)
Figure 60-210-3
1 1
Publications.
Place the steering levers in the neutral position.
PROBLEM CAUSE
2, 6, 7
PROBLEM CAUSE
5, 6
Publications.
4. Check the fuses.
5. The wiring is damaged.
6. The joystick controller is not working correctly.
Alarm Removal And Installation NOTE: Joystick equipped machines do not have
back-up alarm switches and can not be
Stop the engine and open the tailgate. adjusted.
Stop the engine and raise the operator cab. (See Raising
on Page 10-30-1.)
Figure 60-210-6
1
2 2
P-69345
Remove the two hex head bolts, washers, and lock nuts
(Item 1) [Figure 60-210-5]. Remove the alarm from the
mounting bracket.
Figure 60-210-7
1
3
2
3
Publications.
Disconnect the remaining White wires to the other switch
terminals (Item 3) [Figure 60-210-7].
Publications.
TIGHTEN ALL HARDWARE PER SIZE TO GRADE 5 TORQUE (SEE
STANDARD TORQUE SPECIFICATIONS FOR BOLTS, SECTION
SPEC-01) UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED.
Description
Publications.
P-66084
Specifications
All dimensions are given in inches. Respective metric dimensions are given in millimeters enclosed by
parentheses.
Fuel Injection Nozzles
Cylinder Head
Valves
Publications.
Valve Seat Width (Intake And Exhaust) 0.0835 (2,12)
O.D. of Valve Stems 0.3134 - 0.3140 (7,96 - 7,98)
I.D. of Valve Guides 0.3156 - 0.3161 (8,015 - 8,03)
Clearance Between Valve Stem And Guide 0.0016 - 0.0028 (0,04 - 0,07)
Allowable Limit 0.0039 (0,1)
Valve Clearance (Cold) 0.007 - 0.0087 (0,18 - 0,22)
Valve Recessing (Protrusion) 0.002 (0,05)
(Recess) 0.006 (0,15)
Allowable Limit (Recess) 0.0157 (0,4)
Valve Seat Angle (Int.) 45 degrees
Valve Seat Angle (Exh.) 45 degrees
Valve Springs
Specifications (Cont’d)
All dimensions are given in inches. Respective metric dimensions are given in millimeters enclosed by
parentheses.
Valve Timing
Rocker Arms
Camshaft
Tappet
Cylinders
Specifications (Cont’d)
All dimensions are given in inches. Respective metric dimensions are given in millimeters enclosed by
parentheses.
Piston Rings
Pistons
File has expired.
Piston Pin Bore 0.984 - 0.985 (25,0 - 25,013)
Connecting Rod
Use updated files from Bobcat
Piston Pin O.D. 0.984 - 0.985 (25,0 - 25,011)
Publications.
Small End Bushing I.D.
Clearance Between Piston Pin And Small End Bushing
Connecting Rod Alignment Allowable Limit
0.985 - 0.986 (25,025 - 25,04)
0.0006 - 0.0015 (0,014 - 0,038)
0.002 (0,05)
Oil Pump
Specifications (Cont’d)
All dimensions are given in inches. Respective metric dimensions are given in millimeters enclosed by
parentheses.
Crankshaft
Timing Gear
Thermostat
All dimensions are given in inches. Respective metric dimensions are given in millimeters enclosed by
parentheses.
Torque Values
Troubleshooting
The following troubleshooting chart is provided for assistance in locating and correcting problems which are most
common. Many of the recommended procedures must be done by authorized Bobcat Service Personnel only.
PROBLEM CAUSE
Slow cranking speed. 1, 2, 3, 54
Engine will not start. 2, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 19, 27, 28, 29
Difficult to start. 1, 2, 5, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 25, 27, 28, 29,54
No power for engine. 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 15, 16, 17, 18, 20, 21, 22, 23, 27, 28, 29
Engine is mis-firing. 8, 9, 11, 12, 13, 15, 16, 17, 21, 22, 24, 25, 26, 28
Too much fuel consumption. 10, 12, 13, 15, 16, 17, 19, 20, 21, 23, 24, 25, 27, 28, 29
Black exhaust. 10, 12, 13, 15, 16, 17, 19, 20, 21, 23, 24, 25, 27, 28, 29
Blue/white exhaust. 4, 10, 15, 16, 17, 21, 23, 27, 29, 30, 50
Low oil pressure. 4, 31, 32, 33, 34, 35, 37, 38, 39, 52
Engine knocking.
Engine running rough.
Vibration.
File has expired.13, 15, 16, 19, 22, 24, 25, 27, 29, 31, 40, 41, 53
7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 17, 18, 22, 24, 25, 26, 29, 40, 53
12, 13, 17, 21, 22, 25, 26, 29, 40, 42, 43
High oil pressure warning. 4, 33, 36
Publications.
Troubleshooting (Cont’d)
22. Overheating.
23. Cold running.
Publications.
21. Cylinder head gasket leaking. 48. Faulty water pump.
49. Plugged breather pipe.
50. Damaged valve stem deflectors.
24. Incorrect tappet adjustment. 51. Coolant level to low.
25. Sticking valves. 52. Plugged oil pump pipe strainer.
26. Incorrect fuel lines. 53. Broken valve spring.
27. Worn cylinder bores. 54. Damaged Battery
3
4
2
P-90328
3
AVOID DEATH
•
File has expired.
Disconnecting or loosening any hydraulic
tubeline, hose, fitting, component or a part failure
can cause lift arms to drop.
P-68848
• Keep out of this area when lift arms are raised
unless supported by an approved lift arm
support. Replace if damaged. Remove the nut from the speed control linkage (Item 1)
Raise the lift arms and install an approved lift arm support
device. (See Installing on Page 10-20-1.)
2
Raise the operator cab. (See Raising on Page 10-30-1.)
Figure 70-10-4
1
2
1
P-48606
3
Disconnect the engine ground strap (Item 1) [Figure 70-
Figure 70-10-7
Disconnect the temperature sender connector (Item 1)
[Figure 70-10-4] from the filter housing.
Figure 70-10-5
Publications.
1
1
P-68851
P-66872
Figure 70-10-8
1
2
P-66875
Figure 70-10-9Publications.
2
P-67069
1
Mark and disconnect the charge pump filter outlet hose
(Item 1) [Figure 70-10-11].
Figure 70-10-12
1
2 P-67078
10-12].
Publications.
Cap or plug all hoses and fittings.
2
Figure 70-10-13
1
2 1
1
2
P-68856
Figure 70-10-16
P-68853
File has expired. P-68858 10-18] from the right rear engine mount.
Figure 70-10-17
Publications.
1
2
P-28231
P-68852
1
Figure 70-10-20
13”
1
2.5”
2.5”
1/4” (4)
1-1/2” Square Tubing
1/4” Wall Thickness Thick Gusset
1” P-48737
16”
4”
File has expired. (Item 1) [Figure 70-10-21].
2”
4”
Publications.
1”
.5”
.375” 1
Use Two 3/8”x 1-1/4” Bolts
for Drilled and Tapped Holes. MC-1799C
P-48661A
5 Snubbing Spacer
Washer
MC-1765A
6
Publications.
Replace all four engine mounts two front and two rear.
Compression - Checking
Figure 70-10-25
P-51938
Publications.
Disconnect the air cleaner inlet hose (Item 1) [Figure 70-
the cylinder, piston ring, top clearance, valve and cylinder
head.
10-25] from the intake manifold. Compression Pressure should be 427 - 469 PSI (29,4 -
32,3 bar)
Remove the glow plugs. (See Glow Plugs Removal And
Allowable Limit (minimum) is 341 PSI (23,5 bar)
Installation on Page 70-80-1.)
No more than 10% variance among cylinders.
Figure 70-10-26
Figure 70-10-28
P-51936
P-51937
P-51939
Removal And Installation Remove the two mounting screws (Item 1) [Figure 70-
20-1] from the speed control mounting bracket.
P-90328
AVOID DEATH
• Disconnecting or loosening any hydraulic
•
File has expired.
tubeline, hose, fitting, component or a part failure
can cause lift arms to drop.
Keep out of this area when lift arms are raised
unless supported by an approved lift arm
support. Replace if damaged.
WARNING
Publications.
Never work on a machine with the lift arms up unless
Pull the speed control away from the loader frame and
disconnect the speed control rod (Item 1) [Figure 70-20-
2] from the control.
the lift arms are secured by an approved lift arm
support device. Failure to use an approved lift arm Installation: Be sure to install the speed control rod in
support device can allow the lift arms or attachment the bottom hole of the speed control lever.
to fall and cause injury or death.
W-2059-0598 Figure 70-20-3
Figure 70-20-1
1 1
2
P-34156
Figure 70-21-1
P-64313
File has expired. [Figure 70-21-3] from the hand control pivot arm.
Publications.
Remove the foot rest, from the loader.
Figure 70-21-2
P-73687
1 3 5 3
P-34654A
The parts that go into the pivot arm (Item 1) are the bolt
Remove the bolt and nut (Item 1) [Figure 70-21-4] from Figure 70-21-7
the hand speed control pivot arm.
Publications.
1
P-73685
Remove the keeper and pin (Item 1) [Figure 70-21-5] Installation: Tighten screws to 15 - 20 ft.-lb. (20 - 27
that attaches the pivot arm to the speed control cable. N•m) torque.
Figure 70-21-8
1
1
P-64305
Figure 70-21-9
Publications.
1
P-64305A
2
1 Remove the bushing/nut (Item 1) [Figure 70-21-11] from
the pedal lever.
P-73688
Figure 70-21-12 1
P-34659
1
Remove the pivot bolt (Item 1) [Figure 70-21-14] from
Figure 70-21-15
Remove the fiber washer (Item 1) [Figure 70-21-12] from
the bushing/nut.
Figure 70-21-13
Publications.
2
P-64307
1
P-54044
3
Remove the right side mounting bolt (Item 1) [Figure 70-
Publications.
Disconnect the exhaust pipe from the muffler.
1
2
P-54049
File has expired. P-54046 harness mounting bracket (Item 2) [Figure 70-40-3] from
the air cleaner.
Disconnect the wire harness connector (Item 1) [Figure Remove the two upper mounting bolts (Item 3) [Figure
70-40-1] from the air cleaner sensor on the air cleaner. 70-40-2] from the top mount of the air cleaner.
Publications. 1
Reverse the removal procedure to install the air cleaner.
P-54054
WARNING
P-68848
AVOID BURNS
Do not remove radiator cap when the engine is hot. Open the drain valve (Item 1) [Figure 70-50-2] on the
You can be seriously burned.
File has expired.
W-2070-1203
engine block and drain the coolant into a container.
Figure 70-50-3
Figure 70-50-1
Publications.
P-48571
P-54001
Figure 70-50-4 2
1
1
P-54062
Figure 70-50-7
Figure 70-50-5
Use updated files from Bobcat
Publications. 3
P-54311
If the flow from the proportioning valve is NOTE: The seals, O-rings and coil nut on the
determined inaccurate it must be replaced proportioning valve (Item 1) are available by
with a new one from Bobcat Service Parts. ordering from Bobcat Service Parts. The fan
Publications.
The hydraulic fan speed at cold engine startup will range
from 0 to 500 RPM’s until the engine coolant and the
hydraulic fluid reach basic operating temperatures.
2 4
DANGER
P-67080
1
P-90328
AVOID DEATH 3
Use updated files from Bobcat Disconnect the cab harness connector (Item 3) [Figure
70-50-9].
Figure 70-50-10
Never work on a machine with the lift arms up unless
the lift arms are secured by an approved lift arm
support device. Failure to use an approved lift arm
support device can allow the lift arms or attachment
to fall and cause injury or death.
W-2059-0598
2
IMPORTANT
When repairing hydrostatic and hydraulic systems, 4
clean the work area before disassembly and keep all
parts clean. Always use caps and plugs on hoses, 3 P-67078
tubelines and ports to keep dirt out. Dirt can quickly
damage the system. Remove the fan motor inlet hose (Item 1) and outlet hose
I-2003-0888
(Item 2) [Figure 70-50-10].
Raise the lift arms and install an approved lift arm Remove the fan motor case drain hose (Item 3) [Figure
support device. (See Installing on Page 10-20-1.) 70-50-10].
Disconnect the electrical connector (Item 4) [Figure 70-
Raise the operator cab.(See Raising on Page 10-30-1.) 50-10].
Remove the fan motor/charge pump filter housing. (See
Charge Filter Housing Removal And Installation on Page
20-80-3.)
Figure 70-50-11
1 2
2
P-76697
After the blower housing is installed, apply a bead of
polyurethane caulk sealant (P/N 6633583) between the
NOTE: Remove the two rear mounting bolts first. front edge (Item 1) of the crossmember and blower
Publications.
Figure 70-50-12
P-66649
Figure 70-50-14
1 1
P-54418
Remove bolts (Item 1) [Figure 70-50-16] and discard.
Remove the lock nut and spacer (Item 1) [Figure 70-50- Reverse removal procedure for installation.
Figure 70-50-15
Publications.
2
1
P-54419
Figure 70-50-18
P-76715A
Figure 70-50-19
4 1
P-76717
2
Publications.
Installation: Install coil mounting nut with the
counterbored space (Item 4) [Figure 70-50-19] facing
towards the coil and tighten securely by hand.
1 P-76726
P-76637
2 4
P-67080
1
P-90328
AVOID DEATH
•
File has expired.
Disconnecting or loosening any hydraulic
tubeline, hose, fitting, component or a part failure
can cause lift arms to drop.
3
• Keep out of this area when lift arms are raised
unless supported by an approved lift arm P-67076
IMPORTANT 3
1
When repairing hydrostatic and hydraulic systems,
clean the work area before disassembly and keep all
parts clean. Always use caps and plugs on hoses, 1
tubelines and ports to keep dirt out. Dirt can quickly
5
damage the system.
I-2003-0888
2 P-82656
Figure 70-50-25
1 2
2 1
1
2
P-85630B
After the blower housing is installed, apply a bead of
polyurethane caulk sealant (P/N 6633583) between the
NOTE: Remove the two rear mounting bolts first. front edge (Item 1) of the crossmember and blower
P-66649
Figure 70-50-28
1 1
1
P-54418
Remove bolts (Item 1) [Figure 70-50-30] nuts, washers,
cotter pins and rubber gasket and discard.
Remove the lock nut (Item 1) and spacer (Item 2) [Figure
Publications.
Figure 70-50-29
5
1
5
2 3
4 4
2
2
P-76699
1
P-54419 Installation: Always install new hydraulic fan rubber
mounting gasket (Item 1), bolts (Item 2), nuts (Item 3),
Use the following procedure to remove the fan from the thick washers (Item 4) and cotter pins (Item 5). Torque
shaft: fan motor mounting bolts and nuts to 5 - 9 ft.-lb. (6,78 -
12,20 N•m). Install cotter pins (Item 5) [Figure 70-50-31]
Install the nut (Item 1) [Figure 70-50-29] on the tapered and spread cotter pin ends.
shaft to protect the shaft and threads.
Install the puller on the fan as shown [Figure 70-50-29].
As the center bolt (Item 2) [Figure 70-50-29] is tightened,
periodically strike the bolt head to loosen the fan from the
shaft.
Remove the fan from the tapered shaft [Figure 70-50-
29].
B-14424
Figure 70-50-34
1 2 1
6 4
5 7
5
File has expired.
Publications. 9
10
7 P-47253
Remove the bolts (Item 1), housing (Item 2), gasket (Item
3) and thermostat (Item 4) [Figure 70-50-34].
Remove bolts (Item 7), nut (Item 8), top and bottom
housing (Item 9), and gasket (Item 10) from the cylinder
head [Figure 70-50-34].
Thermostat - Checking
Figure 70-50-35
Publications.
Hold the string to suspend the thermostat in the water.
When the water temperature rises, the thermostat valve
will open, allowing it to fall down from the string.
Oil Pan Removal And Installation Remove the timing gearcase cover. (See Timing
Gearcase Cover Removal And Installation on Page 70-
Remove the engine and hydrostatic pump assembly from 100-1.)
the loader. (See Engine Removal And Installation on
Page 70-10-9.) Remove the crankshaft gear.
Figure 70-60-1 1
2
2
Use updated files from Bobcat P-66843 Remove the nut from the oil pump shaft. Use a puller to
remove the oil pump gear (Item 1) [Figure 70-60-3].
Publications.
Remove oil pan bolts securing oil pan (Item 1) [Figure
70-60-2]. Slightly tapping on the oil pan with a soft mallet
will break loose the oil pan from the engine block.
Remove the oil pump mounting bolts. Remove the oil
pump (Item 2) [Figure 70-60-3].
Figure 70-60-2
P-66844
Figure 70-60-5 End Clearance 0.0041 - 0.0059 in. (0,11 - 0,15 mm)
A-2732
Figure 70-60-7
Publications.
If the oil pressure is less than the allowable limit, check
the following items:
Figure 70-70-1
1
1
P-48586
Stop the engine and open the rear door [Figure 70-70-1]. Disconnect the connector (Item 1) [Figure 70-70-3].
Figure 70-70-2
Publications. 2
P-51943
The reading between electrical connector terminal C and Reverse the above procedure to install the fuel shutoff
terminal B must be between approximately 0.35 - 0.4 solenoid.
ohm.
WARNING With the speed control lever at the low engine idle
position, turn the flywheel until the pressure is at 2702 -
2916 PSI (186 - 201 bar).
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH
Diesel fuel or hydraulic fluid under pressure can Turn the flywheel back approximately one-half turn. Keep
penetrate skin or eyes, causing serious injury or the flywheel at this position, and measure the time it
death. Fluid leaks under pressure may not be visible. takes the pressure to decrease from 1850 PSI (127.5
Use a piece of cardboard or wood to find leaks. Do bar).
not use your bare hand. Wear safety goggles. If fluid
Publications.
To check the discharge pressure at the fuel injection
pump, use the following procedure:
Figure 70-70-5
B-8235
1
1
Clean the area around the injection pump thoroughly. Remove the high pressure fuel lines (Item 1) [Figure 70-
Disconnect the high pressure fuel lines (Item 1) [Figure 70-8] from the injection pump.
70-70-6] from the fuel injectors.
Publications.
Do not bend the high pressure fuel injection tubes
when removing or installing them.
Figure 70-70-9
I-2029-0289
2
Figure 70-70-7
1
2
3
P-48820
Disconnect the fuel inlet hose (Item 1) and the fuel return Installation: Tighten the mounting bolts to 16 - 20 ft.-lb.
hose (Item 2) from the injection pump vent [Figure 70- (22 - 27 N•m) torque.
70-7].
NOTE: Replace the manifold gasket if it is worn or
Cap the inlets on the injection pump vent where the
damaged.
hoses were removed [Figure 70-70-7].
Figure 70-70-10
P-51951
1
Remove the cover plate bolts (Item 1) and nuts (Item 2)
Remove the fuel shutoff solenoid (Item 1) [Figure 70-70- Figure 70-70-13
Publications. P-51952
P-51953
1
Remove the stop solenoid guide (Item 1) [Figure 70-70-
P-51683 13].
IMPORTANT
Do not attempt to maintain or adjust unless you are
trained and have the correct equipment.
I-2028-0289
1 2
Publications.
Figure 70-70-15
P-4364
2
Figure 70-70-17
IMPORTANTPublications.
Do not attempt to maintain or adjust unless you are
trained and have the correct equipment.
I-2028-0289
The governor serves to keep the engine speed constant by automatically adjusting the amount of fuel supplied to the
engine according to changes in the engine load.
Figure 70-70-18
Publications.
4. Fork Lever
5. Fork Lever
6. Fork Lever Shaft
7. Fork Lever Holder
8. Governor Lever
9. Fuel Camshaft
10. Governor Ball Case
11. Steel Balls
12. Governor Sleeve
13. Steel Ball PI-10008
Fuel Camshaft Removal And Installation Timing the injection pump is done by changing the
number of shims between the injection pump and the
Remove the timing gearcase cover.(See Timing injection pump mounting surface.
Gearcase Cover Removal And Installation on Page 70-
100-1.) Disconnect the number one (closest to water pump)
cylinder high pressure line from the injection pump.
Remove the idler gear. (See Idler Gear And Camshaft
Removal And Installation on Page 70-100-4.) Figure 70-70-21
Figure 70-70-19
Publications.
Remove the three bolts (Item 1) [Figure 70-70-19].
Figure 70-70-20
1
P-4361
Figure 70-70-23
Rotation
Direction
1 P-48779
File has expired. P-48823 rad) Add or subtract shims (Item 1) [Figure 70-70-25] to
time the engine to 5 degree B.T.D.C. (0,087 rad) The
engine is correctly timed when the correct mark on the
Rotate the engine in the direction shown [Figure 70-70- flywheel is aligned with the notch in the timing hole.
23].
Rotate slowly until fuel just starts to flow upward into the
(1) Two holes means 0.008 in (0,20 mm) shim.
Publications.
plastic tube as shown in [Figure 70-70-22].
Figure 70-70-24
(2) One hole means 0.010 in (0,25 mm) shim.
P-4364
Figure 70-70-26
File has expired.
2
1
Use updated files from Bobcat Remove the four retainer bolts from the top of the fuel
1
Publications. injectors (Item 1) [Figure 70-70-27].
Fuel Injector Removal And Installation (Cont’d) The tool listed will be needed to do the following
procedure:
Figure 70-70-28
OEM1064 - Injector Nozzle Tester
Figure 70-70-30
1
Publications.
lb. (26 - 29 N•m) torque.
Figure 70-70-29
at which fuel begins jetting out from the nozzle.
P-37583
Nozzle Spray Condition The tool listed will be needed to do the following
procedure:
The tool listed will be needed to do the following
procedure: OEM1064 - Injector Nozzle Tester
Figure 70-70-31
Correct Incorrect
Publications.
If the spraying condition is defective, replace or repair the
injection nozzle assembly.
If any fuel leak is found, replace or repair the injection
nozzle assembly.
Figure 70-80-1
2 3
P-51933
Disconnect the glow plug cables and leads. Remove the nut (Item 1) [Figure 70-80-2] from the top of
each glow plug.
Publications.
resistance is infinite, the coil of the glow plug is broken.
Figure 70-80-3
P-51935
Figure 70-80-4
B-11621
Photo [Figure 70-80-4] shows the glow plug removed Put the correct size feeler gauge between the rocker arm
from the engine. Inspect the glow plugs and replace and valve stem. Turn the adjustment bolt until the
Figure 70-80-5
Publications.
0.007-0.009 in.
(0,18-0,22 mm)
MC-1368
Figure 70-80-7
4
3
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1
2
(1) Idle Gear
(2) Idle Collar
(3) External Snap Ring
(4) Cam Gear
(5) Camshaft B-14341
Figure 70-80-8
File has expired. B-05569
Stop the engine and open the rear door.
Figure 70-80-10
2 4 1
2
3
P-47243
Publications.
8 ft.-lb. (7 - 11 N•m). Tighten center bolts first, then work
your way to the front and back of the valve cover.
1
Figure 70-80-11
2
2
2
2
B-14332
Remove the rocker arm bolts and remove the rocker arm
assembly (Item 1) [Figure 70-80-13].
P-47242
Installation: Tighten the bolts to 17 - 20 ft.-lb. (24 - 28
N•m) torque.
Loosen the bolts on the clamps (Item 1) and remove the
injection tubes (Item 2) [Figure 70-80-11]. Remove the pushrods (Item 2) [Figure 70-80-13].
2
17 9 1 8 16
13 5 4 12
P-47247
Publications.
NOTE: Remove intake manifold (See Fuel Injection
Pump Removal and Installation on page 70-
correct sequence after the engine has been
run for 30 minutes.
Figure 70-80-15
2
1
1 2
P-47248
P-47246
Remove the cylinder head (Item 1) and gasket (Item 2)
[Figure 70-80-17].
Remove the clamps (Item 1) and remove the hose (Item
2) [Figure 70-80-15] from the thermostat housing. NOTE: Remove thermostat housing (See Thermostat
Housing Removal and Installation on page 70-
50-8)
Publications.
(See Cylinder Head Top Clearance on Page 70-80-8.)
Figure 70-80-19
checked, and reassembled.
P-47252
Cylinder Head Disassembly And Assembly Clean the surface of the cylinder head.
Use a valve spring compressor to compress the valve Put a straight edge (Item 1) [Figure 70-80-23] on the
spring [Figure 70-80-21]. cylinder head.
Publications. the straight edge and the surface of the cylinder head.
Figure 70-80-24
5
4 Valve
3
6 Spring
2 Retainer
1 Seal
Collets
Cap
B-4122C
Remove the seal (Item 6) and the valve (Item 5) [Figure Put the straight edge on the cylinder head's four sides
70-80-21] and [Figure 70-80-22]. and two diagonal as shown in figure [Figure 70-80-24].
Cylinder Head Top Clearance Remove the valve and spring from the cylinder head.
(See Cylinder Head Disassembly And Assembly on Page
Figure 70-80-25 70-80-7.)
2 Figure 70-80-26
1 3
Figure 70-80-27
8.86” (225 mm)
0.460-0.468”
(11,7-11,9 mm) 0.256-0.259”
(6,5-6,6 mm)
0.2” 0.350-0.358” 0.787”
(5,0 mm) (8.9-9.1 mm) (20,0 mm)
PI-9995
Publications. Intake
Exhaust
0.0835 in. (2,12 mm)
0.0835 in. (2,12 mm)
PI-9994
Publications.
Put the spring on a flat surface, place a square on the
side of the spring [Figure 70-80-34].
Figure 70-80-35
A-2759
Figure 70-80-36
1
2
B-3697
Use updated files from Bobcat If the clearance exceeds the allowable limit, replace the
bushing.
Publications. If the clearance still exceeds the allowable limit after the
bushing is replace, replace the rocker arm shaft.
Figure 70-80-39
Publications.
Push rod alignment Allowable limit 0.0098 in.
(0,25 mm)
Remove the top edge from the cylinder bore with a ridge
reamer.
1
Remove the oil pan (See Oil Pan Removal and
Installation on page 70-60-1)
Remove the oil pump strainer (See Oil Pan Removal and
Installation on page 70-60-01). A-2903
Figure 70-90-1
Installation: Make sure the marks on the connecting rod
File has expired. and bearing are aligned when installing the bearing cap
(Item 1) [Figure 70-90-2].
Publications. 1 3
P-51633A
2
1
Turn the flywheel and put a pair of connecting rods at
bottom dead center.
Remove the rod cap and bearing [Figure 70-90-1]. Remove the piston rings [Figure 70-90-4].
Use a hammer handle and push the piston/connecting Remove the snap ring (Item 1) and piston pin (Item 2)
rod assembly out of the cylinder bore [Figure 70-90-1]. [Figure 70-90-4].
NOTE: Make sure the pistons are marked so they will Separate the piston (Item 3) from the connecting rod
be returned to the same cylinder bore and (Item 4) [Figure 70-90-4].
direction.
NOTE: Mark the piston (Item 3) [Figure 70-90-4] and
connecting rod (Item 4) [Figure 70-90-4] with
the same number to ensure correct
installation and proper cylinder placement.
Figure 70-90-6
2
1
3
Figure 70-90-5
Publications. If the measurement exceeds the allowable limit, replace
the piston.
3
1 Piston Bore I.D. 0.984 - 0.985 in.
2 (25,0 - 25,013 mm)
Allowable Limit 0.986 in.
(25,05 mm)
5
6 4
P-47271
1.098-1.1004”
(27,9-27,95 mm)
0.984-0.985”
(25,0-25,01 mm)
MC-1366
File has expired. P-47273 driver tool as shown in figure [Figure 70-90-8].
Figure 70-90-9
Measure the O.D. of the piston pin (Item 1) [Figure 70-
90-7].
Publications.
allowable limit, replace the bushing. If it still exceeds the
specifications, replace the piston pin.
Figure 70-90-11
PI-10017
Cylinder Bore - Checking Put the gauge over the piston pin and move it against the
face plate.
Figure 70-90-12
Figure 70-90-14
B-4067
A-2717
P-47275
15]. Publications.
Remove the crankshaft gear with a puller [Figure 70-90-
Installation: Install the gaskets (Item 1) and (Item 2)
[Figure 70-90-17] as shown.
Remove the crankshaft key.
Figure 70-90-16
2 5
P-47274
Figure 70-90-18
2
1
2
1
Figure 70-90-19
threads and tighten to 51 - 54 ft.-lb. (69 - 73 N•m) torque.
Figure 70-90-21
Publications.
1
P-47277
P-47279
Before removing the crankshaft/main bearings, check the Remove the crankshaft/main bearing assembly from the
end play. Install a dial indicator. Move the crankshaft engine block [Figure 70-90-21].
[Figure 70-90-19] to the flywheel side, zero the dial
indicator. Measure the end play by pulling the crankshaft NOTE: Turn the crankshaft as needed to allow the
toward the gear case side. crank pin journals to pass through the cut out
(Item 1) [Figure 70-90-21] of the engine block.
If the measurement exceeds the allowable limit, replace
the thrust washers [Figure 70-90-19]. Mark the bearing case halves for correct installation.
Figure 70-90-22
A-2763
Remove the two bearing case bolts [Figure 70-90-22]. Turn the crankshaft at a slow rate to obtain the
Figure 70-90-25
120
PI-10021
Crankpin O.D.
1.850 - 1.852 in.
(47,0 - 47,05 mm)
1.8488 - 1.8494 in.
Publications.
Oil Clearance
(46,96 - 46,98 mm)
0.0010 - 0.0034 in.
(0,025 - 0,087 mm)
Allowable limit 0.008 in. (0,2 mm)
Figure 70-90-27
PI-10022
Figure 70-90-28
2 2
1 3
B-3618
Publications.
NOTE: The sleeve is installed with the larger
chamfered surface to the front of the
crankshaft (Item 1) [Figure 70-90-27 on Page
Journal O.D.
mm)
2.3591 - 2.3598 in. (59,92 - 59,94
mm)
9].
Oil Clearance 0.016 - 0.0046 in. (0,04 - 0,12 mm)
Figure 70-90-29 Allowable Limit 0.008 in. (0,2 mm)
B-3631
P-48778
0.8” (20 mm)
2.551-2.555
1.57” 0.4” (64,8-64,9 mm) Remove the front bearing with the special removal tool
(40 mm)
File has expired.
(10 mm) MC-1367 [Figure 70-90-31].
Publications. 0.16”
(4 mm)
0.8”
(20 mm)
2.551-2.555”
Bearing Number 1
Recession
0.1654 - 0.1772 in.
(4,2 - 4,5 mm)
Figure 70-90-34
Oil Clearance
Publications.
2.3615 - 2.3631 in.
(59,98 - 60,02 mm)
0.0016 - 0.0041 in.
(0,04 - 0,12 mm)
Allowable Limit 0.008 in. (0,2 mm)
Figure 70-100-1
P-47256
Figure 70-100-4
Bend a hook on the end of a 7.87 in (200 mm) long,
0.050 in (1,2 mm) diameter hard wire [Figure 70-100-1].
P-47257
Figure 70-100-5
P-47259
Publications.
1
1
2
B-14340
B-14339
Timing Gearcase Cover Removal And Installation When the gears are installed, check the backlash of the
(Cont'd) gears.
Installation: Install new O-rings and oil seal into the Install a dial indicator [Figure 70-100-10].
Figure 70-100-11
1
2
1
P-47262
File has expired. camshaft retainer plate bolts (Item 2) [Figure 70-100-13].
Remove the bolts.
Figure 70-100-12
PI-10002
Camshaft - Servicing
Figure 70-100-15
B-5001
Figure 70-100-18
1.3327 in (33,85 mm)
Publications.
A-2761
1.650-1.652”
(41,9-41,95 mm)
1.494-1.495”
(37,95-37,97 mm)
MC-1366
Figure 70-100-21
Measure the O.D. of the idler gear shaft [Figure 70-100-
19].
Figure 70-110-1
1
P-48850
File has expired. The ring gear (Item 1) [Figure 70-110-2] on the flywheel
is an interference fit. Heat the ring gear enough to
1 expand the gear. Hit the ring gear evenly around the gear
to remove it from the flywheel.
Publications.
Remove the six mounting bolts (Item 1) from the engine
450° - 500° F (232° - 260° C)
Fit the ring on the flywheel and be sure the gear is seated
flywheel (Item 2) [Figure 70-110-1]. correctly.
P-48651B
Figure 70-110-5
2
1
1 1 P-48648
1
Remove the seven mounting bolts (Item 1) [Figure 70-
File has expired. P-48650 110-7] which fasten the housing on the engine.
Publications.
Figure 70-110-6
Remove the housing.
P-4231A
TROUBLESHOOTING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80-30-1
Publications.
Blower Motor Does Not Operate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Blower Motor Operates Normally, But Air Flow Is Insufficient . .
80-30-1
80-30-1
Electrical System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80-30-2
Engine Coolant Bypassing The Heater Valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80-30-6
Heater Valve Not Opening Or Closing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80-30-7
HEATER
Description
Figure 80-10-1 1
2 3
N-20876
2
1
N-22092
Description (Cont'd)
Figure 80-10-4
1
1
P-48012
P-76565
The Fresh Air Filter (Item 1) [Figure 80-20-1] is located
Publications.
P-43852A
POSSIBLE CAUSE
1. Air leak. File has expired. INSPECTION
Check to make sure air hoses are properly hooked to
Louvers, and air ducts.
SOLUTION
Repair or adjust.
2. Plugged cab filters. Check cab filter condition. Clean or replace filters.
Electrical System
Figure 80-30-1
1 1
P-68444
Figure 80-30-2
connector (Item 2) [Figure 80-30-3].
P-68118
Figure 80-30-4 1
P-28918
1
P-28920
Figure 80-30-7
C
H
B
M
L P-28920
Publications.
resistance between C terminal and the B terminal,
between the C terminal and the L terminal and also
between the B terminal and the L terminal frame [Figure
80-30-7].
Figure 80-30-10
A C
1
N-22175
B
Publications.
Figure 80-30-11
A C
N-22290
Figure 80-30-14
N-20876
Figure 80-30-17
Publications.
A C
N-22290
P-68119
Check the resistance between the wire terminal A and
wire terminal B frame [Figure 80-30-15] should be
approximately 39 K ohm. Connect the remote start tool to the loader. (See
REMOTE START TOOL KIT-MEL1563 on Page 10-60-
Check the resistance between the wire terminal C and 1.)
wire terminal B frame [Figure 80-30-15] should be
approximately 49 K ohm. Start the loader and run at high idle, for ten minutes.
If the resistance is not found replace the potentiometer. Check the heater hose (Item 1) [Figure 80-30-17] for
temperature.
Publications.
Raise the operator cab. (See Raising on Page 10-30-1.)
Figure 80-30-19
P-68117
Figure 80-40-1
1 P-68840
Figure 80-40-4
P-68841
1
Remove the two mounting nuts (Item 1) [Figure 80-40-4]
at the left side.
P-68118
Figure 80-40-5
Publications.
Figure 80-50-1
1
1
2
N-22093
File has expired. P-66921 and remove the mount plate from the end of the unit.
Figure 80-50-3
Raise the lift arms and install an approved lift arm
support device. (See Installing on Page 10-20-1.)
Publications.
Remove the heater valve (Item 1) [Figure 80-50-1]. (See
Removal And Installation on Page 80-70-1.)
1
Cap the hoses and the heater coil with hydraulic caps N-22094
and plugs to prevent oil loss from the system.
Remove the rear cover from the heater unit. (See Heater Remove the two mount bolts (Item 1) [Figure 80-50-3]
Coil on Page 80-20-1.) from the heater coil.
Figure 80-60-1
P-39553
Figure 80-60-4
1
Remove the cover (Item 1) [Figure 80-60-1] from the
evaporator/heater unit.
Figure 80-60-2
P-39554
P-68120
Figure 80-60-5
1 1
2 N-22102
Figure 80-60-8
P-39556
Figure 80-60-9
N-22110
2 Figure 80-60-12
Publications. 1
N-22112
N-22109
Inspect the end rings and blower wheel covers for wear
and replace as needed [Figure 80-60-10].
Figure 80-60-13
P-68118
Publications. 1
N-22116
Remove the Heater Unit from under the cab and place it
across the mainframe supported by blocks (See Removal
And Installation on Page 80-40-1.)
Cap the heater hoses and the heater valve with plugs to
prevent coolant loss from the system.
Figure 80-70-3 1
P-66925
2
2
P-66926
P-66924
CONVERSIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SPEC-50-1
Decimal And Millimeter Equivalent Chart. . . . . . . . . . . SPEC-50-1
U.S. To Metric Conversion Chart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SPEC-50-1 SAFETY &
MAINTENANCE
HYDRAULIC CONNECTION SPECIFICATIONS . . . . . . . SPEC-30-1
O-ring Face Seal Connection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SPEC-30-1
Straight Thread O-ring Fitting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SPEC-30-2
Tubelines And Hoses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SPEC-30-2
Flare Fitting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SPEC-30-2
O-ring Face Seal Connection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SPEC-30-1
Port Seal Fitting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SPEC-30-3 DRIVE
SYSTEM
HYDRAULIC / HYDROSTATIC FLUID SPECIFICATIONS SPEC-40-1
Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SPEC-40-1
Machine Dimensions
• Dimensions are given for loader equipped with standard tires and 68 inch Construction And Industrial bucket and may
vary with other bucket types. All dimensions are shown in inches. Respective metric dimensions are given in
millimeters enclosed by parentheses.
• Where applicable, specifications conform to SAE or ISO standards and are subject to change without notice.
95°
152.1 in.
(3862 mm)
42°
118.2 in.
29.6 in. (3002 mm)
7.5 in.
(190 mm)
40.6 in.
(1030 mm)
25°
101.9 in.
68 in.
(1727 mm) 78.8 in.
(2001 mm)
56.4 in.
(1433 mm)
66 in.
(1676 mm) B-16432
Changes of structure or weight distribution of the loader can cause changes in control and steering response and can cause failure of the
loader parts.
Performance
Engine
Make / Model
Fuel / Cooling
File has expired. Kubota / V2403-M-DI-E3B Interim Tier IV
Diesel / Liquid
Horsepower (SAE Net) 46.1 HP (34,4 kW) @ 2700 RPM
Torque (SAE Net) 109.6 ft.-lb. (148,6 N•m) @ 1600 RPM
Drive System
Controls
Vehicle Steering Direction and speed controlled by two hand operated steering levers or
optional joystick(s)
Loader Hydraulics - Lift and Tilt Controlled by separate foot pedals or optional Advanced Control System
(ACS) or optional Selectable Joystick Control (SJC)
- Front Auxiliary Controlled by electrical switch on Right Hand steering lever or optional Right
Hand Selectable Joystick Control (SJC)
- Rear Auxiliary (Option) Controlled by electrical switch on Left Hand steering lever or optional Left Hand
Selectable Joystick Control (SJC)
Auxiliary Pressure Release Pressure relieved through front quick couplers. Push couplers in, hold for 5
seconds.
Engine Hand lever speed control; key-type start switch or optional Deluxe
Instrumentation Panel and function error shutdown.
Service Brake Two independent hydrostatic systems controlled by two hand operated
steering levers or optional joystick(s)
Secondary Brake
File has expired.
One of the hydrostatic transmissions.
Parking Brake (Standard on Single Mechanical disc, manually operated switch on front instrument panel.
Speed and Two-Speed Loaders)
Pump Type
Use updated files from Bobcat
Pump Capacity - Standard
Engine driven gear type
16.9 GPM (64 L/min.) @ 2825 Engine RPM @ 91% efficiency
- High-Flow Option 26.4 GPM (100 L/min.) @ 2825 Engine RPM @ 91% efficiency
Filters
Publications.
System Relief at Quick Couplers 3250 - 3350 PSI (224 - 231 bar)
Full flow replaceable, 3-micron synthetic media element
Hydraulic Cylinders Double-acting; tilt cylinders have cushioning feature on dump and rollback
Bore Diameter: Lift Cylinder (2) 2.50 in. (63,5 mm)
Tilt Cylinder (2) 2.75 in. (69,8 mm)
Rod Diameter: Lift Cylinder (2) 1.50 in. (38,1 mm)
Tilt Cylinder (2) 1.375 in. (34,9 mm)
Stroke: Lift Cylinder (2) 23.67 in. (601 mm)
Tilt Cylinder (2) 13.19 in. (335 mm)
Control Valve 3 spool, open center type with float detent on lift and electrically controlled
auxiliary spool.
Fluid Type BOBCAT FLUID, Hydraulic/Hydrostatic
6903117 - (2.5 Gal.)
6903118 - (5 Gal.)
6903119 - (55 Gal.)
Fluid Lines SAE Standard tubelines, hoses and fittings
Hydraulic Function Time:
Raise Lift Arms 3.5 Seconds
Lower Lift Arms 2.5 Seconds
Bucket Dump 2.4 Seconds
Bucket Rollback 1.9 Seconds
Electrical
Capacities
Use updated files from Bobcat Engine / Hydraulic Systems Shutdown Function.
Fuel Tank
Engine Oil with filter
Publications. 24 Gal. (90,8 L)
9.2 qt. (8,7 L)
Engine Cooling System Propylene Glycol / water mixture (53% PG / 47% water)
without heater 10.8 qt. (10,2 L)
with Heater 12 qt. (11,3 L)
Hydraulic / Hydrostatic Reservoir 4.8 Gal. (18,2 L)
Hydraulic / Hydrostatic System (including
Reservoir) 9 Gal. (34,1 L)
Chaincase Reservoir 8 Gal. (30,3 L)
Tires
The following table shows standard torque specifications for bolts with zinc phosphate coating. Bolts purchased from
Bobcat Company that have zinc phosphate coating are specified by the letter H following the part number.
Thread
SAE Grade 5 SAE Grade 8
Size
in.-lb. 0.250 80 - 90 110 - 120
(N•m) (9,0 - 10,2) (12,4 - 13,6)
0.3125 180 - 200 215 - 240
(20,3 - 22,6) (24,2 - 27 - 1)
ft.-lb. 0.375 25 - 28 35 - 40
(N•m) (34 - 38) (47 - 54)
0.4375 40 - 45 60 - 65
(54 - 61) (81 - 88)
0.500 65 - 70 90 - 100
0.5625
File has expired.
(88 - 95)
90 - 100
(122 - 136)
125 - 140
(122 - 136) (170 - 190)
0.625 125 - 140 175 - 190
(170 - 190) (240 - 260)
Publications.
1.000
1.125
475 - 525
(645 - 710)
650 - 720
725 - 800
(985 - 1085)
1050 - 1175
(880 - 975) (1425 - 1600)
1.250 900 - 1000 1475 - 1625
(1200 - 1360) (2000 - 2200)
1.375 1200 - 1350 2000 - 2200
(1630 - 1830) (2720 - 2980)
1.500 1500 - 1650 2600 - 2850
(2040 - 2240) (3530 - 3870)
1.625 2000 - 2800 3450 - 3800
(2720 - 2980) (4680 - 5150)
1.750 2500 - 2750 4300 - 4800
(3390 - 3730) (5830 - 6500)
1.875 3150 - 3500 5500 - 6100
(4270 - 4750) (7450 - 8300)
2.000 3800 - 4200 6500 - 7200
(5150 - 5700) (8800 - 9800)
When the fitting is tightened, you can feel when the fitting
is tight to eliminate leakage caused by under or over
torqued fittings. Use vaseline petroleum jelly to hold the
O-ring in position until the fittings are assembled [Figure
SPEC-30-1].
Figure SPEC-30-3
Nut Nut
Washer
Washer 2
O-ring
O-ring
TS-1619
Tighten the nut until it makes contact with the seat. Make
Lubricate the O-ring before installing the fitting. Loosen a mark across the flats of both the male and female parts
the jam nut and install the fitting. Tighten the jam nut until
Publications.
Replace any tubelines that are bent or flattened. They will
restrict flow, which will slow hydraulic action and cause
seat area for damage.
Figure SPEC-30-5
heat.
Flare Fitting Tightening Torque
Replace hoses which show signs of wear, damage or Tubeline x TORQUE
weather cracked rubber. Outside x ft.-lb.
Diameter Thread Size (N•m)
Always use two wrenches when loosening and tightening 1/4” 7/16” - 20 13 (18)
hose or tubeline fittings.
5/16” 1/2” - 20 17 (23)
3/8” 9/16” - 18 22 (30)
1/2” 3/4” - 16 40 (54)
5/8” 7/8” - 14 60 (81)
3/4” 1-1/16” - 12 84 (114)
7/8” 1-3/16” - 12 98 (133)
1” 1-5/16” - 12 118 (160)
1-1/4” 1-5/8” - 12 154 (209)
1-1/2” 1-7/8” - 12 163 (221)
2” 2-1/2” - 12 252 (342)
Publications.
the connection [Figure SPEC-30-6].
The hex portion of the nut does not contact the surface of
Tighten the nut until it just makes metal to metal contact,
you can feel the resistance.
the component when the nut is tight.
Tighten the nut with a wrench no more than one hex flat
maximum.
Specifications WARNING
HYDRAULIC / HYDROSTATIC FLUID
RECOMMENDED ISO VISCOSITY GRADE (VG) During cold weather (0°C [32°F] and below), do not
AND VISCOSITY INDEX (VI) operate machine until the engine has run for at least
five minutes at less than half throttle. This warm-up
period is necessary for foot pedal operation and safe
stopping. Do not operate controls during warm-up
period.
Publications.
DO NOT use automatic transmission fluids in the loader
or permanent damage to the transmission will result.
WARNING
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH
Diesel fuel or hydraulic fluid under pressure can
penetrate skin or eyes, causing serious injury or
death. Fluid leaks under pressure may not be visible.
Use a piece of cardboard or wood to find leaks. Do
not use your bare hand. Wear safety goggles. If fluid
enters skin or eyes, get immediate medical attention
from a physician familiar with this injury.
W-2072-0807
NOTICE Insert This Sheet With The Below Listed Manual For Future Reference.
Publications.
Printed in U.S.A.
907 of 928
File has expired.
908 of 928
ROUTE TO
ATTENTION
PARTS MANAGER
SERVICE MANUAL SERVICE MANAGER X
REVISION SALES MANAGER
NOTICE Insert This Sheet With The Below Listed Manual For Future Reference.
Publications.
50-10
50-130
Printed in U.S.A.
909 of 928
File has expired.
910 of 928
ROUTE TO
ATTENTION
PARTS MANAGER
SERVICE MANUAL SERVICE MANAGER X
REVISION SALES MANAGER
NOTICE Insert This Sheet With The Below Listed Manual For Future Reference.
Publications.
20-01
20-40
20-41
50-01
50-130
60-01
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATICS
60-70
60-72
70-01
70-50
Printed in U.S.A.
911 of 928
File has expired.
912 of 928
ROUTE TO
ATTENTION
PARTS MANAGER
SERVICE MANUAL SERVICE MANAGER X
REVISION SALES MANAGER
NOTICE Insert This Sheet With The Below Listed Manual For Future Reference.
Publications.
30-20
30-21
30-30
30-31
Printed in U.S.A.
913 of 928
File has expired.
914 of 928
ROUTE TO
ATTENTION
PARTS MANAGER
SERVICE MANUAL SERVICE MANAGER X
REVISION SALES MANAGER
NOTICE Insert This Sheet With The Below Listed Manual For Future Reference.
Publications.
10-01
10-70
10-200
SPEC-01
SPEC-10
10-210 ADDED
20-01
30-01
40-01
50-01
60-01
60-10
60-20
60-140
60-141
60-160
60-210
Printed in U.S.A.
915 of 928
File has expired.
916 of 928
ROUTE TO
ATTENTION
PARTS MANAGER
SERVICE MANUAL SERVICE MANAGER X
REVISION SALES MANAGER
NOTICE Insert This Sheet With The Below Listed Manual For Future Reference.
Publications.
30-01
30-40
30-60
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATICS
Printed in U.S.A.
917 of 928
File has expired.
918 of 928
ROUTE TO
ATTENTION
PARTS MANAGER
SERVICE MANUAL SERVICE MANAGER X
REVISION SALES MANAGER
NOTICE Insert This Sheet With The Below Listed Manual For Future Reference.
Publications.
Printed in U.S.A.
919 of 928
File has expired.
920 of 928
ROUTE TO
ATTENTION
PARTS MANAGER
SERVICE MANUAL SERVICE MANAGER X
REVISION SALES MANAGER
NOTICE Insert This Sheet With The Below Listed Manual For Future Reference.
Publications.
10-30
10-40
10-50
60-30
60-50
60-90
10-61 60-100
10-70 60-161
10-90 60-190
10-120 60-191 ADDED
10-200 60-200
60-210
20-10
SPEC-10
30-10
Printed in U.S.A.
921 of 928
File has expired.
922 of 928
ROUTE TO
ATTENTION
PARTS MANAGER
SERVICE MANUAL SERVICE MANAGER X
REVISION SALES MANAGER
NOTICE Insert This Sheet With The Below Listed Manual For Future Reference.
Publications.
10-01
10-30
10-100
10-110
10-120
10-140
10-141
50-01
50-70
60-01
60-140
60-141
60-142 ADDED
60-150
60-160
70-01
70-80
SPEC-40
Printed in U.S.A.
923 of 928
File has expired.
924 of 928
ROUTE TO
ATTENTION
PARTS MANAGER
SERVICE MANUAL SERVICE MANAGER X
REVISION SALES MANAGER
NOTICE Insert This Sheet With The Below Listed Manual For Future Reference.
Publications.
10-170
20-60
20-61
20-70
20-71
30-30
30-31
50-112
60-01
60-90
60-130
SPEC-10
Printed in U.S.A.
925 of 928
File has expired.
926 of 928
ROUTE TO
ATTENTION
PARTS MANAGER
SERVICE MANUAL SERVICE MANAGER X
REVISION SALES MANAGER
NOTICE Insert This Sheet With The Below Listed Manual For Future Reference.
Publications.
10-40
10-61
10-80
60-30
60-80
10-90 60-150
10-110
10-120 70-10
10-130 70-70
10-140
10-141 SPEC-40
10-220
20-10
20-20
20-60
20-61
20-70
20-71
20-110
20-130
20-140
Printed in U.S.A.
927 of 928
File has expired.
928 of 928